<PAGE>
FILED PURSUANT TO RULE 424(b)(4)
REGISTRATION NO. 33-53113
PROSPECTUS
$50,000,000
ROHR, INC. [LOGO OF ROHR]
7 3/4% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004
The 7 3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2004 (the "Convertible
Subordinated Notes") are being issued by Rohr, Inc. ("Rohr" or the "Company")
and will mature on May 15, 2004. The Convertible Subordinated Notes are
convertible at the option of the holder thereof at any time prior to maturity,
unless previously redeemed, into shares of Common Stock of the Company, at a
conversion price of $10.35 per share, subject to adjustment in certain events.
On May 11, 1994, the last reported sale price for the Common Stock on the New
York Stock Exchange (symbol: RHR) was $8.625 per share.
The Convertible Subordinated Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company,
in whole or in part, at any time on and after May 15, 1998, at the redemption
prices specified herein, plus accrued interest. The Convertible Subordinated
Notes do not provide for any sinking fund. Upon a Change of Control (as
defined), the holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes will have the
right, subject to certain restrictions and conditions, to require the Company
to purchase all or any part of the Convertible Subordinated Notes at 101% of
the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
purchase.
In connection with the offering of the Convertible Subordinated Notes (the
"Offering"), the Company is concurrently offering, pursuant to a separate
prospectus (together with the Offering, the "Offerings"), $100 million
aggregate principal amount of its 11 5/8% Senior Notes due 2003 (the "Senior
Notes" and, together with the Convertible Subordinated Notes, the
"Securities"). See "Description of Concurrent Financing."
The Convertible Subordinated Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the
Company and will be subordinate in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior Indebtedness (as defined) of the Company and pari passu in right to
payment with all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness (as defined).
The Convertible Subordinated Notes will be effectively subordinated to all
indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries. As of January
30, 1994, after giving effect to the Offerings and the anticipated use of the
proceeds therefrom, the Company would have had approximately $256.8 million of
Senior Indebtedness outstanding and the indebtedness and other liabilities of
the Company's subsidiaries would have been approximately $32.7 million.
Application has been made to list the Convertible Subordinated Notes on the New
York Stock Exchange.
AN INVESTMENT IN THE CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES INVOLVES A SIGNIFICANT
DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS" FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT
SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED
NOTES.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO
PUBLIC (1) DISCOUNT COMPANY (2)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Per Note................................... 100% 3% 97%
Total (3).................................. $50,000,000 $1,500,000 $48,500,000
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from May 19, 1994 to the date of delivery.
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated at $425,000.
(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriter a 30-day option to purchase up
to $7,500,000 principal amount of the Convertible Subordinated Notes on the
same terms as the Convertible Subordinated Notes offered hereby to cover
over- allotments, if any. If all such additional Convertible Subordinated
Notes are purchased by the Underwriter, the total Price to Public,
Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company will be $57,500,000,
$1,725,000, and $55,775,000, respectively.
The Convertible Subordinated Notes are offered subject to receipt and
acceptance by the Underwriter, to prior sale and to the Underwriter's right to
reject any order in whole or in part and to withdraw, cancel or modify the
offer without notice. It is expected that delivery of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes will be made at the office of Salomon Brothers Inc, Seven
World Trade Center, New York, New York or through the facilities of The
Depository Trust Company on or about May 19, 1994.
________________________________
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The date of this Prospectus is May 12, 1994.
<PAGE>
INSERT PICTURES
2
<PAGE>
IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CONVERTIBLE
SUBORDINATED NOTES AND THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH
MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED
IN THE OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET, OR THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, OR OTHERWISE.
SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
----------------
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
The following documents previously filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") by Rohr pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), are incorporated herein by reference
and made a part hereof:
(1) The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
July 31, 1993;
(2) The Company's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarters
ended October 31, 1993 and January 30, 1994;
(3) The Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 2, 1994; and
(4) The description of the Company's Common Stock contained in the
Registration Statement on Form 8-B, File No. 1-3801.
Each document filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the
termination of the Offering made hereby shall be deemed to be incorporated by
reference into this Prospectus and to be a part hereof from the date of filing
of such document.
Any statement contained herein or in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein
or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any
such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so
modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
THE COMPANY WILL PROVIDE WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH PERSON, INCLUDING ANY
BENEFICIAL OWNER OF CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES, TO WHOM THIS PROSPECTUS IS
DELIVERED, UPON THE WRITTEN OR ORAL REQUEST OF SUCH PERSON, A COPY OF ANY OR
ALL OF THE DOCUMENTS WHICH HAVE BEEN INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS (OTHER THAN EXHIBITS TO SUCH DOCUMENTS WHICH ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO SUCH DOCUMENTS). SUCH REQUESTS SHOULD BE
DIRECTED TO: ROHR, INC., ATTN.: SHAREHOLDER SERVICES, P.O. BOX 878, CHULA
VISTA, CALIFORNIA 91912-0878, (619) 691-2808.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (together with all
amendments and exhibits thereto, the "Registration Statement") with the
Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
with respect to the Securities. This Prospectus does not contain all of the
information set forth in such Registration Statement, certain portions of which
have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
Commission. For further information with respect to the Company and the
securities offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement.
The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and, in accordance therewith, files
reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. Such
reports, proxy statements and other information can be inspected, without
charge, and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and
the following regional offices of the Commission: Chicago Regional Office,
Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661; and New York Regional Office, 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor,
New York, New York 10048. Copies of such material can be obtained from the
Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. Such reports, proxy statements and
other information can also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock
Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005 and The Pacific Stock
Exchange Incorporated, 301 Pine Street, San Francisco, California 94104.
3
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial statements (including the notes thereto) appearing
elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. Investors should
carefully consider the information set forth under the heading "Risk Factors."
Market discussions and references to aircraft production exclude consideration
of markets in the former U.S.S.R.
THE COMPANY
Rohr, Inc. ("Rohr" or the "Company") designs, develops, manufactures, sells
and supports complete nacelle and pylon systems for large aircraft engines. The
Company has over 50 years of experience in the aerospace industry and is the
leading independent supplier of nacelle and pylon systems to the world's major
commercial airframe and engine manufacturers ("OEMs"). Rohr manages projects
from the early design stage through production and systems integration to
lifetime customer support. In addition, the Company has the right to provide
customer and product support directly to approximately 145 airlines around the
world, including on-site field services and the sale of spare parts.
Nacelles are aerodynamic structures which surround jet engines. A nacelle
system generally includes the nose cowl or inlet, fan cowl, nozzle systems,
thrust reverser and engine build-up ("EBU"). Pylons (sometimes referred to as
struts) are the structures that attach the jet engines to the aircraft. Nacelle
and pylon systems are highly engineered, critical to fuel efficiency and
integral to all of the key interfaces between the jet engine and the airframe.
The Company believes that it is competitively well-positioned in its core
business. Management estimates that the Company supplied approximately 45% of
the nacelle systems and 25% of the pylons for all large commercial aircraft
produced worldwide in 1993, including products represented on the Boeing 737,
747, 757 and 767, the Airbus A300, A310, A320, A321, A330 and A340, and the
McDonnell Douglas MD-80 and MD-11. The Company attributes its strong market
position to its leading technologies, its focus on a specific product line and
its competitive cost structure. Management believes that this market position
is protected by (i) Rohr's long-term contracts, including some "life-of-
program" agreements, (ii) the substantial costs required for the airframe or
engine OEMs to change supply sources, (iii) the significant up-front design,
development, tooling and certification costs which must be borne before
production on a program may begin and (iv) a strong reluctance by airlines to
support different nacelle systems manufactured by more than one supplier.
Rohr's management intends to maintain the Company's leading market position
by supplying its customers with high-quality, technically-advanced products at
competitive prices while improving profitability and returns to investors.
Management plans to accomplish this goal by (i) focusing on its core product
line and on customer satisfaction, (ii) continuing to reduce costs and improve
productivity, (iii) capitalizing on past investments in product lines and fixed
assets and (iv) implementing a financing plan to improve the Company's capital
structure and liquidity.
Focus on Core Business: Over the past year, the Company has increased its
focus on its core business within the commercial aerospace industry--the design
and manufacture of nacelle and pylon systems for large commercial aircraft. The
Company intends to focus exclusively on these products and to be the low cost
producer in this segment. The Company is currently in negotiations to sell two
non-core businesses, its business jet product line and its overhaul and repair
business. These two businesses generated approximately $35 million of revenue
in fiscal 1993.
4
<PAGE>
In April 1993, Robert H. Rau was recruited from outside the Company and
appointed President and Chief Executive Officer. Under his leadership, new
management has placed increased emphasis on enhancing its customers'
satisfaction. Management believes these efforts have contributed to the strong
relationships that the Company currently has with customers.
Cost Improvement Program: New management has taken aggressive actions to
increase competitiveness, improve earnings, maximize cash flow and reduce debt.
From April 30, 1993 (the end of the third quarter of fiscal 1993) to January
30, 1994 (the end of the second quarter of fiscal 1994), total employment was
reduced over 30% from 7,450 employees to 5,154. The ratio of indirect employees
to direct employees has improved from 1-to-2.0 to 1-to-2.6 over this same time
frame. Management has targeted a ratio of 1-to-2.8 by July 31, 1994. Management
has established a total overhead expense budget equal to 29% of sales for
fiscal 1994, which compares to a high of 41% of sales in fiscal 1989 and 32% of
sales for the 12 months ended January 30, 1994. Total overhead peaked at $477
million in fiscal 1991, was reduced to $327 million for the 12 months ended
January 30, 1994, and is budgeted for $267 million in fiscal 1994.
Coincident with these overhead reductions, the Company has increased its
effort to streamline its operations and reduce material costs. To reduce excess
capacity and to increase overall production efficiencies through higher
utilization of its remaining facilities, the Company has closed and sold the
Auburn, Washington plant, is closing the Hagerstown, Maryland plant and has
deferred completion of a new facility in Arkadelphia, Arkansas.
Modest Future Investment Requirements: During the five-year period ended July
31, 1993, the Company invested significantly in the design, development,
tooling, certification and other start-up costs associated with new aircraft
programs. Although the Company intends to aggressively pursue all important new
nacelle programs, management anticipates that few program introductions will be
made by airframe and engine manufacturers during the next five years.
Management believes that this slow down in new product introductions will
enable the Company to focus on efficiencies in existing programs, protect its
current market share and generate increased cash flow without the investments
required for new product development.
In addition, capital expenditures (including expenditures funded by
industrial revenue bonds and capital leases) averaged $45 million per year over
the past five fiscal years. During that period, the Company spent $109 million
for upgraded production and office facilities. No new facilities will be
required over the next five years. Management anticipates that capital
expenditures will total approximately $7 million in fiscal 1994 and that
capital expenditures over the subsequent four years will average less than $20
million per year.
Financing Plan: The Company has adopted a financing plan to enhance its
liquidity, extend the maturity of its bank credit facility and improve its
financial flexibility. The financing plan is comprised of three components: (i)
amendments to a three-year revolving credit agreement (the "Revolving Credit
Agreement"), providing an initial commitment of $110 million, (ii) amendments
to certain other financing agreements and (iii) the offering of $100 million of
Senior Notes and the offering of $50 million of Convertible Subordinated Notes
(assuming no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment option).
5
<PAGE>
RECENT FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
The Company believes that its performance for the three most recent fiscal
quarters represents meaningful evidence of the Company's financial turnaround.
For the nine-month period ended January 30, 1994, the Company recorded an
operating profit margin of 6.0%, net income margin of 1.1% and EBITDA of $62.7
million. During the same nine-month period, the Company generated $78.1 million
in cash from operating activities and reduced total financings (debt plus off-
balance sheet financings) by $94.4 million from $681.4 million at May 2, 1993
to $587.0 million at January 30, 1994.
SELECTED UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
JULY 31, 1994 FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, 1993
----------------- ----------------------------------------
SECOND FIRST FOURTH THIRD SECOND FIRST
QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER QUARTER
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operating Income (Loss). $ 14,594 $ 17,064 $ 12,710 $(23,367) $ (7,534) $ 16,503
Operating Margin........ 6.1% 7.0% 5.0% (7.9)% (2.2)% 5.8%
EBITDA(1)............... $ 20,642 $ 22,709 $ 19,314 $ 7,959 (2) $ (1,330) $ 22,947
Capital Expenditures.... 1,474 1,475 4,647 4,011 6,993 11,885
Cash Provided by (Used
In) Operating Activi-
ties................... 27,284 17,644 33,168 81,071 (19,814) (15,757)
Total Financings(3)..... $586,982 $618,380 $643,855 $681,412 $740,490 $601,987
Employee Data:
Direct Employees....... 3,727 4,081 4,334 4,994 5,823 6,047
Indirect Employees..... 1,427 1,705 2,130 2,456 2,678 2,795
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Total Employees...... 5,154 5,786 6,464 7,450 8,501 8,842
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) EBITDA represents earnings before the cumulative effect of the accounting
changes, interest and other income, interest expense, taxes on income
(benefit), depreciation, amortization and the impact of the special
provisions referred to in note (2) below. EBITDA is presented here to
provide additional information about the Company's ability to meet its
future debt service, capital expenditure, and working capital requirements
and should not be construed as a substitute for or a better indicator of
results of operations or liquidity than net income or cash flow from
operating activities computed in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles.
(2) EBITDA is adjusted for the impact of the net provision of $25.0 million for
plant closure, inventory obsolescence and other asset valuation, other
costs related to the planned consolidation process and various items of
litigation.
(3) Includes off-balance sheet financings. See "Capitalization."
----------------
The Company's principal executive offices are located at 850 Lagoon Drive,
Chula Vista, California. The Company's mailing address is P. O. Box 878, Chula
Vista, California 91912-0878, and its telephone number is (619) 691-4111.
6
<PAGE>
THE OFFERING
Issue.......................
$50,000,000 principal amount of 7 3/4%
Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2004, assuming
no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment
option.
Maturity....................
May 15, 2004.
Interest Payment Dates......
May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing
November 15, 1994.
Conversion..................
The Convertible Subordinated Notes, unless
previously redeemed, are convertible at the
option of the holder at any time prior to
maturity into shares of Common Stock at a
conversion price of $10.35 per share, subject to
adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events.
See "Description of Notes--Conversion."
Optional Redemption.........
The Convertible Subordinated Notes are
redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole or
from time to time in part, on and after May 15,
1998, at the redemption prices specified herein,
plus accrued interest. See "Description of
Notes--Optional Redemption."
Ranking.....................
The Convertible Subordinated Notes will be
general unsecured obligations of the Company,
ranking subordinate in right of payment to all
existing and future Senior Indebtedness. The
Convertible Subordinated Notes will also be
effectively subordinated to all indebtedness and
other liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries.
As of January 30, 1994, after giving effect to
the Offerings and the anticipated use of the
proceeds therefrom, the Company would have had
approximately $256.8 million of Senior
Indebtedness outstanding and the indebtedness and
other liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries
would have been approximately $32.7 million at
such date.
Change of Control........... In the event of a Change of Control, the Company
will be required, subject to certain conditions
and limitations, to offer to purchase all
Convertible Subordinated Notes then outstanding
at a purchase price equal to 101% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes plus accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of purchase. There can be no
assurance that the Company will have sufficient
cash to pay the Change of Control purchase price
in the event that a Change of Control occurs. See
"Description of Notes--Change of Control."
Sale of Assets.............. The Company may be required, subject to certain
conditions and limitations, to offer to purchase
certain of the Convertible Subordinated Notes at
100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, in the
7
<PAGE>
event of an Asset Sale (as defined). See
"Description of Notes--Limitation on Sale of
Assets."
Use of Proceeds............. Proceeds from the sale of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes and, to the extent necessary,
the Senior Notes, will be used to repay all
outstanding amounts under the Company's Revolving
Credit Agreement. The remaining net proceeds of
the Offerings will be used for general corporate
purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
Risk Factors................ An investment in the Convertible Subordinated
Notes involves a significant degree of risk. For
a discussion of certain material factors to be
considered by potential investors, see "Risk
Factors."
Listing..................... The Common Stock of the Company is listed (symbol
RHR) on the New York Stock Exchange and the
Pacific Stock Exchange. It is also listed on The
Stock Exchange in London. Application will be
made to list the Convertible Subordinated Notes
on the New York Stock Exchange.
Concurrent Offering......... The Company is concurrently offering, pursuant to
a separate prospectus, $100 million in aggregate
principal amount of Senior Notes. See
"Description of Concurrent Financing." The sale
of the Convertible Subordinated Notes will be
conditioned on the simultaneous sale of the
Senior Notes.
8
<PAGE>
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following table sets forth a summary of selected financial and operating
data of the Company for each of the periods indicated in the five-year period
ended July 31, 1993, which were derived, except as otherwise noted, from the
audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company. The table also sets
forth selected financial and operating data for the six-month periods ended
January 30, 1994, and January 31, 1993, which were derived from unaudited
interim Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------
JAN. 30, JAN. 31,
1994 1993 1993(A) 1992 1991 1990 1989
-------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Sales......................... $484,823 $626,004 $1,175,152 $1,279,656 $1,385,086 $1,078,712 $1,044,677
Operating Income (Loss)....... 31,658 8,969 (1,688)(b) 45,558(c) 100,578 31,605 75,044
Income (Loss) Before Taxes and
Cumulative Effect of
Accounting Changes........... 7,977 (13,801) (49,571) (17,815) 46,877 (9,001) 46,080
Income (Loss) Before
Cumulative Effect of
Accounting Changes........... 7,735 (8,515) (30,581) 1,455 30,517 39 33,480
Net Income (Loss)............. 7,735 (232,465)(d) (254,531)(d) 1,455 30,517 39 33,480
Net Income (Loss) Per Share:
Income (Loss) Before
Cumulative Effect of
Accounting Changes.......... $ 0.43 $ (0.48) $ (1.71) $ 0.08 $ 1.74 $ 0.00 $ 1.90
Net Income (Loss)(d)......... $ 0.43 $ (13.00) $ (14.21) $ 0.08 $ 1.74 $ 0.00 $ 1.90
BALANCE SHEET DATA AT
PERIOD END:
Working Capital............... $358,453 $ 447,476 $ 350,321 $ 700,774 $ 712,520 $ 640,461 $ 549,799
Property, Plant and Equipment,
Net.......................... 230,849 245,948 239,045 270,283 237,434 234,166 204,911
Total Assets.................. 967,566 1,130,164 1,017,786 1,363,958 1,411,498 1,329,308 1,166,828
Total Debt(e)................. 483,425 628,243 531,608 572,594 636,070 551,227 426,390
Total Shareholders' Equity.... 190,229 217,336 182,243 448,866 441,401 413,713 412,387
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(f)..................... $ 43,351 $ 21,617 $ 48,890 $ 123,413 $ 128,299 $ 58,645 $ 99,880
Capital Expenditures(g)....... 2,949 18,878 27,536 62,933 32,383 28,923 39,005
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
Charges(h)................... 1.31x 0.40x 0.01x 0.72x 1.81x 0.83x 2.27x
EBITDA to Interest Expense(f). 1.79x 0.93x 1.00x 1.84x 2.34x 1.09x 3.13x
PRO FORMA DATA TO REFLECT
ACCOUNTING CHANGES
(UNAUDITED)(I):
Pro Forma Net Income
(Loss)(i).................... $ 7,735 $ (8,515) $ (30,581) $ (36,271) $ (22,898) $ (58,469) $ (8,680)
Pro Forma Net Income (Loss)
per Share.................... 0.43 (0.48) (1.71) (2.05) (1.31) (3.29) (0.49)
Pro Forma EBITDA(f)(j)........ 43,351 21,617 48,890 62,269 41,727 (36,182) 31,549
ADJUSTED DATA TO REFLECT
OFFERINGS BEFORE CUMULATIVE
EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGES
(UNAUDITED)(K):
Net Income (Loss)............. $ 4,031 $ (37,266)
Net Income (Loss) per Share... 0.22 (2.08)
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
Charges(h)(l)................ 1.05x 0.01x
EBITDA to Interest Expense(f). 1.45x 0.83x
</TABLE>
9
<PAGE>
- --------
(a) Fiscal 1993 results reflect the Company's adoption, in the third quarter,
of changes to certain elements in the application of accounting principles
relating to long-term programs and contracts, including the expensing of
general and administrative costs that were previously carried in inventory
for amortization over future deliveries. The amounts also reflect the
Company's adoption of SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Post-
Retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions," and SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes." The accounting changes described above were effective August
1, 1992. As a result, periods prior to August 1, 1992 are not comparable.
(b) Includes the impact of net provisions of $25.0 million for plant closure,
inventory obsolescence and other asset valuations, other costs related to
the planned consolidation process and various items of litigation. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Results of Operations--Fiscal 1993 Compared to Fiscal 1992."
The impact of the accounting change on fiscal 1993 was a reduction to
operating profit of $39.9 million.
(c) Includes the impact of special provisions of approximately $50.0 million
for the termination of the Lockheed C-5 spare pylon program, the Valsan 727
re-engining program, an investigation by government agencies concerning
production of parts and a provision for the closing of the Auburn plant.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Results of Operations--Fiscal 1992 Compared to
Fiscal 1991."
(d) In the third quarter of fiscal 1993, the Company changed certain of its
accounting principles as described in note (a) above. These changes
required the Company to calculate the effect of the change in accounting
principles on retained earnings as of the first day in the fiscal year of
change.
(e) Excludes off-balance sheet financing. See "Capitalization."
(f) EBITDA is defined as earnings before the cumulative effect of the
accounting changes, interest and other income, interest expense and taxes
on income (benefit) and depreciation, amortization and the impact of the
special provisions referred to in notes (b) and (c) above. EBITDA is
presented here to provide additional information about the Company's
ability to meet its future debt service, capital expenditure, and working
capital requirements and should not be construed as substitute for or a
better indicator of results of operations or liquidity than net income or
cash flow from operating activities computed in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.
(g) Includes capitalized interest; excludes additions to property, plant and
equipment financed by industrial revenue bonds and capital leases.
(h) For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, the
term "earnings" represents income (loss) before cumulative effect of
accounting changes, plus income tax (benefit) and fixed charges excluding
capitalized interest. The term "fixed charges" represents interest expense,
capitalized interest, amortization of debt issue expense and the portion of
operating lease rental expense considered to be representative of an
interest factor. Historical earnings were insufficient to cover fixed
charges by $14,886 for the six months ended January 31, 1993 and $51,184
for fiscal 1993, $19,312 for fiscal 1992 and $9,604 for fiscal 1990.
(i) The Pro Forma Data to Reflect Accounting Changes (Unaudited) assumes the
changes in the application of accounting principles for long-term programs
and contracts adopted by the Company effective August 1, 1992, are applied
retroactively. The pro forma amounts presented also reflect the retroactive
application of SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" to the periods
presented--periods which predate both the Company's adoption of SFAS No.
109 and the release of that standard. Tax benefits arising pursuant to SFAS
No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes", are allocated ratably over the pro
forma restated periods. The pro forma restated effect of the Company's
adoption of SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Post-Retirement
Benefits Other Than Pensions" are not material and are not presented. The
pro forma financial data should not be considered indicative of actual
results that would have been achieved had the accounting changes adopted by
the Company effective August 1, 1992 been in effect for the periods
indicated and do not purport to indicate results of operations as of any
future date or for any future period. The following information should be
read in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating
Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations," and the "Consolidated Financial Statements of Rohr,
Inc. and Subsidiaries" and the Notes thereto, included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
10
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
----------------- ----------------------------------------------------------------
JAN. 30, JAN. 31,
1994 1993 1993 1992 1991 1990 1989
-------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PRO FORMA INCOME STATE-
MENT DATA (UNAUDITED):
Sales.................. $484,823 $626,004 $1,175,152 $1,279,656 $1,385,086 $1,078,712 $1,044,677
Cost and Expenses...... 439,719 594,568 1,133,040 1,242,240 1,321,792 1,092,150 996,313
General and Adminis-
trative Expenses(a)... 13,446 22,467 43,800 53,002 49,288 49,784 41,651
-------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating Income
(Loss)................ 31,658 8,969 (1,688)(b) (15,586)(c) 14,006 (63,222) 6,713
Interest Net........... 23,681 22,770 47,883 63,373 53,701 40,606 28,964
-------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income (Loss) before
Taxes................. 7,977 (13,801) (49,571) (78,959) (39,695) (103,828) (22,251)
Taxes (Benefit) on
Income................ 242 (5,286) (18,990) (42,688) (16,797) (45,359) (13,571)
-------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net Income (Loss).... $ 7,735 $ (8,515) $ (30,581) $ (36,271) $ (22,898) $ (58,469) $ (8,680)
======== ======== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
- --------
(j) The calculation of pro forma EBITDA is shown below (unaudited):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
----------------- ---------------------------------------------------
JAN. 30, JAN. 31,
1994 1993 1993 1992 1991 1990 1989
-------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operating Income, as
Reported............... $31,658 $ 8,969 $(1,688)(b) $ 45,558 (c) $100,578 $ 31,605 $75,044
Less Changes in the Ap-
plication of Account-
ing Principles for
Long-Term Programs and
Contracts............. -- -- -- 61,144 86,572 94,827 68,331
------- ------- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------
Pro Forma Operating In-
come (Loss)............ 31,658 8,969 (1,688) (15,586) 14,006 (63,222) 6,713
Add Depreciation and
Amortization........... 11,693 12,648 25,578 27,855 27,721 27,040 24,836
------- ------- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------
Pro Forma Earnings...... 43,351 21,617 23,890 12,269 41,727 (36,182) 31,549
Add Special Provisions.. -- -- 25,000 50,000 -- -- --
------- ------- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------
Pro Forma EBITDA........ $43,351 $21,617 $48,890 $ 62,269 $ 41,727 $(36,182) $31,549
======= ======= ======= ======== ======== ======== =======
</TABLE>
- --------
(k) The unaudited adjusted data to reflect the Offerings assumes the financial
data has been adjusted for the effect of the Offerings and the
corresponding repayment of the outstanding balance under the Revolving
Credit Agreement and short-term bank debt as of the first day of each
fiscal period, and assumes no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment
option.
(l) Ratio of earnings to fixed charges as adjusted to reflect the Offerings,
reflects the issuance of Senior Notes and the Convertible Subordinated
Notes (assuming no exercise of the underwriter's over-allotment option) and
the application of proceeds therefrom, as if the Offerings had been
consummated as of the first day of each fiscal period. On such basis,
earnings were insufficient to cover the pro forma fixed charges by $62,019
for fiscal 1993.
11
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
An investment in the Securities involves a significant degree of risk. A
prospective investor should consider carefully all of the information contained
in this Prospectus before deciding whether to purchase the Securities and, in
particular, should consider the following:
HIGH LEVERAGE; DEBT SERVICE REQUIREMENTS
The Company is highly leveraged. At January 30, 1994, after giving pro forma
effect to the sale of the Securities and the repayment of certain indebtedness
with a portion of the estimated net proceeds of the Offerings, the Company
would have had consolidated total financings of approximately $687.0 million
(including $583.4 million of indebtedness and $103.6 million of off-balance
sheet sale-leaseback and accounts receivable financings and assuming no
exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment option) and $123.1 million of
cash. See "Capitalization" and "Use of Proceeds." At January 30, 1994, the
Company's shareholders' equity was approximately $190.2 million, which does not
reflect certain anticipated charges to shareholders' equity in connection with
the Company's underfunded pension plans. In addition, at January 30, 1994, the
Company had a $102.6 million net deferred tax asset recorded in accordance with
SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." See "--Deferred Tax Assets" and
"--Underfunded Pension Plans."
The Company has reported net income for each of the last three fiscal
quarters. On a pro forma basis, however, after giving effect to the accounting
changes adopted by the Company effective August 1, 1992, the Company would have
reported losses for each of the last five fiscal years and its pro forma
earnings would have been insufficient to cover fixed charges for each of such
fiscal years. See "Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data." The
Company's ability to make interest payments on the Securities and its other
financing obligations depends upon its future financial performance, including
earnings and cash flow from operations. On an adjusted basis, after giving
effect to the issuance of the Securities and the application of the proceeds
therefrom (assuming no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment option),
earnings (pre-tax income plus fixed charges) would have been $62.0 million less
than the adjusted fixed charges (which represent interest expense, capitalized
interest, amortization of debt issue expense and the portion of operating lease
rental expense considered to be representative of an interest factor) in fiscal
1993. For the six months ended January 30, 1994, however, adjusted earnings
would have been $1.6 million greater than adjusted fixed charges. Available
cash flow to service debt could be adversely affected by certain pension
funding requirements. See "--Underfunded Pension Plans." The degree to which
the Company is leveraged could have important consequences to holders of the
Securities, including the following: (1) the Company's ability to obtain
additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures,
acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired; (2) a substantial
portion of the Company's cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the
payment of interest on its indebtedness; and (3) the Company's leverage may
make it more vulnerable to future economic downturns and may limit its ability
to withstand competitive pressures. Based upon current levels of operations and
anticipated future business, the Company believes that cash flow from
operations together with available cash, borrowings under the Revolving Credit
Agreement and other sources of liquidity, will be adequate to meet the
Company's anticipated requirements for working capital, capital expenditures,
interest payments and scheduled principal payments. There can be no assurance,
however, that the Company's business will continue to generate cash flow at or
above current levels. If the Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow
from operations in the future, it may be required to refinance all or a portion
of its existing debt or to obtain additional financing. There can be no
assurance that any such refinancing would be possible or that any additional
financing could be obtained on terms that are favorable or acceptable to the
Company. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
UNDERFUNDED PENSION PLANS
The Company has substantial obligations related to its defined benefit
pension plans (the "Pension Plans"). As of July 31, 1993, the Company's
actuaries have determined that the Pension Plans were underfunded by $65.6
million on an ongoing plan basis. This underfunding resulted from a combination
of factors, including benefit increases, increased levels of early retirement,
less than actuarially-
12
<PAGE>
assumed returns on plan assets and a reduction in the discount rate used to
calculate the present value of future liabilities of the Pension Plans for
financial reporting purposes. The Company is currently assessing certain
additional decisions and actions affecting the Pension Plans. It is anticipated
that the unfunded liabilities with respect to the Pension Plans will be
increased by approximately $75 million on
an ongoing basis due to an anticipated reduction in the discount rate used to
calculate the present value of future liabilities under the Pension Plans from
8.5% to 7.5% and to a higher-than-previously-expected level of early
retirements. As a result of the anticipated increase in the unfunded
liabilities, the Company expects to take a direct charge to shareholders'
equity estimated at $45 million and to increase its deferred tax account by
approximately $30 million. In addition, the Company and its actuaries are
evaluating the extent to which the downsizing of personnel may necessitate the
expensing of certain unamortized pension benefit past service costs related to
the terminated employees. This would not increase the underfunded status of the
Pension Plans, but would result in an additional charge to earnings for
financial statement purposes. The Company expects that the evaluation of the
above described items and the recognition of the financial impact will be
completed by the end of the third quarter of fiscal 1994. Concurrent with the
consummation of the Offerings, the financial covenants in several of the
Company's principal financing agreements will be amended to accommodate the
anticipated impact of these matters on its reported financial results. See
"Description of Certain Financings."
IRS regulations will require the Company to increase its contribution to the
Pension Plans. Consistent with these IRS requirements it is the Company's
current intention to have the Pension Plans fully funded within approximately
five years. The Company's minimum cash contributions to its Pension Plans,
based on current IRS regulations, are therefore expected to increase from the
current level of approximately $17 million in fiscal 1994 to an average of
approximately $35 million per year in fiscal years 1995, 1996 and 1997 and to
decline thereafter. The Company expects to have sufficient liquidity to make
these contributions. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources." In
addition, minimum cash contributions for these years may increase as a result
of legislation which has been introduced in Congress. The prospects for the
passage of such legislation are uncertain.
The calculation of the amount of underfunding of the Pension Plans for
financial reporting and IRS minimum funding purposes assumes continued
employment with projections for retirements, mortality, resignations and
discharges and also includes assumptions relating to the discount rate, plan
asset value and other matters. The Company and its actuaries review these
assumptions on a regular basis. If it were to become necessary to make
additional reductions in the discount rate, or to make certain other changes in
the existing assumptions, the Pension Plans' liabilities and underfunded status
might be increased. Such changes could adversely affect the Company because of
the increase in recorded liabilities, decreases in shareholders' equity and
increases in IRS minimum funding requirements.
INDUSTRY CYCLES; CURRENT BUSINESS OUTLOOK
The commercial aerospace industry is a cyclical business and the demand by
commercial airlines for new aircraft is highly dependent upon a variety of
factors, which historically have been related to the stability and health of
the United States and world economies. The industry typically lags behind the
general economic cycle because it can take up to two years to manufacture an
aircraft. Although the United States economy entered a period of slow growth
and recession in 1989 and 1990, the aerospace industry made record deliveries
of large commercial aircraft, by revenue, during these years. In fact, aircraft
deliveries continued to grow through 1991 and only decreased slightly in 1992.
In 1990 through 1992, United States scheduled airlines suffered record
operating losses of more than $2 billion per year. Non-United States scheduled
airlines also reported significantly reduced profits during this period. As a
result of the losses incurred by the airlines, the high levels of debt incurred
to purchase new aircraft and the excess capacity within the commercial airline
sector, airlines and leasing
13
<PAGE>
companies deferred existing orders for new aircraft to an unprecedented extent
and, to a lesser degree, canceled such orders. All of the Company's major
customers received numerous requests for deferrals and cancellations from the
airlines and leasing companies and have slowed their aircraft delivery rates.
In response to the deferrals and cancellations from their customers, airframe
and engine manufacturers reacted by rescheduling future production levels,
laying off workers and passing production slow-downs on to their suppliers,
including the Company. The large number of aircraft delivered over the last
several years has created an excess capacity in the air carrier system, as
evidenced by the fact that a substantial number of new and used aircraft are
currently inactive. Reactivated aircraft could replace or postpone new aircraft
deliveries in the future. The Company expects that orders from and deliveries
of large commercial aircraft will continue to be affected through calendar 1995
by the adverse United States and world economic conditions which have existed
in recent periods. It appears, however, that the health of the airline industry
is improving. In calendar 1993, United States scheduled airlines reported
operating income of approximately $1 billion. There can be no assurance that
the improved operating health of the commercial airlines will continue or that
deliveries of large commercial aircraft will not continue to be affected beyond
1995.
In connection with the current contraction in the commercial aircraft
industry, subcontractors such as Rohr have been experiencing pressures from
their customers to reduce prices. The Company, in turn, is exerting similar
pressure on its own suppliers to reduce prices and thus enable the Company to
manufacture products at lower costs. There can be no assurance that such
reductions in prices by Rohr's suppliers will be achieved. See "Business--
Markets."
RECOVERY OF PROGRAM INVESTMENTS
The development of a new aircraft, or a variation of an existing aircraft,
requires significant investments for pre-production costs such as design and
engineering, tooling, testing and certification. Competitive pressures forced
suppliers such as the Company to bear a significant amount of the cost and
investment risk associated with the large number of new programs under
development in the 1980s. During this period, the Company also experienced
substantial production inventory increases as it began to produce and deliver
products under new programs.
In response to these competitive market pressures, the Company agreed on
several of its significant contracts to finance a substantial portion of its
pre-production costs, with such costs to be recovered ratably as a specified
number of units, including spare equivalents, are sold. As a result of these
agreements, the Company's inventory included $199.4 million of capitalized pre-
production costs at January 30, 1994. See "Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements--Note 4." On some of these contracts, the prime contractor has
agreed to pay the Company for a portion of its pre-production costs if a
specified number of units is not sold by an agreed upon date or if the contract
is terminated before the specified number of units is delivered. However, on
other programs, the Company agreed, based upon its market analysis, to amortize
its pre-production costs over a specified number of units without receiving
such reimbursement protections from its customer if the specified number of
units is not sold. Based on its analysis of the demand for specific products,
the Company has also agreed on certain programs to a unit price which may not
be profitable, even after recovery of pre-production costs, if fewer units are
sold than the Company assumed for pricing purposes. If the Company's market
analysis with respect to these programs is incorrect, the Company could incur
substantial losses with respect to these programs. See "Business--Contracts,"
"Business--Program Funding," and "Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements--Notes 1.c and 4."
DEFERRED TAX ASSET
SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," requires businesses to recognize
possible future tax benefits if it is "more likely than not" that the tax
benefits will be realized. Under this standard, on January 30, 1994, the
Company had a net deferred tax asset of $102.6 million, consisting of $85.4
million for federal tax purposes and $17.2 million for state tax purposes.
(This net deferred tax asset is anticipated to increase by an additional $30
million in the third quarter of the current fiscal year as a result of an
increase in the Company's underfunded pension liabilities.) Based on current
tax rates, the Company must generate approximately $286 million of future
taxable income (net of $240 million of
14
<PAGE>
taxable income that the Company will report as a result of the automatic
reversal of existing taxable temporary differences between asset and liability
values for financial reporting and income tax purposes) prior to the expiration
of the Company's net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs") in 2003 through 2008
for full realization of the net deferred tax asset. After the anticipated third
quarter increase in the net deferred tax asset, the amount of future taxable
income the Company must generate will be approximately $360 million. As with
its other assets, the Company will regularly re-evaluate the value of its net
deferred tax asset. If the Company were to determine that full realization of
this asset is no longer "more likely than not," it would be required to reduce
the value of the asset by establishing a valuation allowance. Such an allowance
would reduce the Company's earnings in the relevant period and, if it causes a
loss in such period, would reduce shareholders' equity. In addition, reductions
in state or federal tax rates, or limitations on the use of NOLs, as well as
adjustments resulting from any audit of the Company's tax returns, could reduce
the value of the Company's net deferred tax asset, again affecting earnings and
shareholders' equity. See "--Underfunded Pension Plans," "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--
Income Taxes" and "Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements--Note 6."
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
The Company's major financing agreements, as amended effective upon the
completion of the Offerings, require it to maintain specified financial
covenants, including a minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth (as defined in
such agreements to include the Company's net deferred tax asset), a minimum
ratio of Consolidated Net Income Available for Fixed Charges to Fixed Charges
(as defined in such agreements) and a maximum ratio of Debt (as defined in such
agreements to include the Company's underfunded pension liabilities) to
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth (each as defined in such agreements). Covenants
in these agreements also impose additional requirements on the Company,
including restrictions on its ability to create liens, enter into leases,
engage in mergers, consolidations and acquisitions, sell assets, repay debt
prior to its maturity, incur additional debt, amend other debt agreements,
declare and pay dividends, acquire company securities, and change the nature of
its business. A failure by the Company to maintain such financial ratios or to
comply with the restrictions contained in its Revolving Credit Agreement or
other financing agreements could result in a default thereunder, which in turn
could cause such indebtedness (and by reason of cross-default provisions, other
indebtedness) to become immediately due and payable, and would prevent the
Company from drawing any further amounts under its Revolving Credit Agreement.
As a result, any such default could have a material adverse effect on the
Company and its ability to make principal and interest payments on the
Securities. In addition, if the Company were to fail to renew or replace the
letter of credit supporting $16.5 million aggregate principal amount of
industrial revenue bonds, which would result in a requirement that the Company
repurchase such bonds, the Company would also be required to offer to
repurchase a total of $16.5 million of its 9.33% and 9.35% Senior Notes and to
repay advances under its Revolving Credit Agreement in an amount proportionate
to the 9.33% and 9.35% Senior Notes actually repurchased, with a corresponding
proportional reduction in the commitments under the Revolving Credit Agreement.
See "Description of Certain Financings" and "Description of Concurrent
Financing."
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
As an international aerospace manufacturing corporation, the Company is
subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations that limit
the discharge of pollutants into the air, soil and water and establish
standards for the treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes. As a
result, the Company is involved from time to time in administrative and
judicial proceedings and inquiries related to environmental matters. These
include several currently pending matters. The Company does not believe that
its environmental risks are materially different from those of comparable
manufacturing companies. Nevertheless, the Company cannot provide assurances
that environmental issues will not adversely affect the Company's operations
and financial condition in the future. Environmental risks are generally
excluded from coverage under the Company's current insurance policies. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Legal and Environmental Matters."
15
<PAGE>
LIMITED CUSTOMER BASE
The Company conducts substantial business with each of the three major
commercial airframe manufacturers: The Boeing Company ("Boeing"), Airbus
Industrie ("Airbus") and McDonnell Douglas Corporation ("McDonnell Douglas").
In addition, the Company conducts business with each of the major commercial
jet engine manufacturers: General Electric Company ("General Electric"), Rolls-
Royce, plc ("Rolls-Royce"), United Technologies Corporation ("Pratt &
Whitney"), CFM International, Inc. (a corporation jointly owned by General
Electric and Societe Nationale d'Etude et de Construction de Moteurs
d'Aviation; "CFM International"), and International Aero Engines AG (a
corporation owned by Rolls-Royce, Pratt & Whitney, Fiat Aviazione, SpA,
Japanese Aero Engines Corporation and MTU Motoren-und Turbinen-Union Munchen
GmbH; "International Aero Engines"). Commercial products sold by the Company to
jet engine manufacturers are installed ultimately on aircraft produced by one
of the three major commercial airframe manufacturers. The Company's financial
condition and operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more
of its major customers were to reduce operations materially, shift a
significant amount of work from the Company or cease conducting operations. See
"Business."
COMPETITION
The Company's principal competition is Boeing (which, in addition to being a
customer, also manufactures nacelle systems and pylons for its own aircraft),
other significant aerospace companies who have development and production
experience with respect to portions of the nacelle system and the companies to
whom the Company has subcontracted various components and who could (and have)
bid on contracts in competition with the Company. See "Business--
Subcontractors." Military aerospace contractors are also potential competitors,
as excess capacity created by reductions in defense spending could cause some
of these contractors to look to expand in commercial markets.
Because of recent reductions in demand in the aircraft manufacturing
industry, excess production capacity exists in the market for a number of the
Company's principal products. While the Company has a significant share of the
market for commercial aircraft nacelles and pylons, there can be no assurance
that the Company can maintain its share of the market at existing levels. See
"Business-- Market Share and Competition."
REDUCED GOVERNMENT SALES
Government (military and space) sales accounted for approximately 12% of the
Company's total sales in the six months ended January 30, 1994, and 13% in the
fiscal year ended July 31, 1993. The Company expects that the percentage of
Company revenues attributable to government sales will continue to decline in
future years. The production rate for the Titan rocket motor casing program,
which accounted for 5.9% of revenues in fiscal 1993, is expected to decline
substantially in response to market demand. In addition, another company's
alternative technology casing approach may allow it to become a leading
competitor in the market for this product in the future. The Company's military
sales are primarily associated with older programs which are being phased out
of production.
RANKING OF THE CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES
The Convertible Subordinated Notes will be general unsecured obligations of
the Company ranking subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior Indebtedness of the Company (as defined), Senior Indebtedness does not
include the Company's 9.25% subordinated debentures, due in 2017, and its 7%
convertible subordinated debentures, due in 2012. The Convertible Subordinated
Notes will also be effectively subordinated to all indebtedness and other
liabilities of Company's subsidiaries. As of January 30, 1994, after giving
effect to the Offerings and the anticipated use of the proceeds therefrom (and
assuming no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment option), the Company
would have had approximately $256.8 million of Senior Indebtedness outstanding
and the indebtedness and all other liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries
would have been approximately $32.7 million. In addition, the Company had
$103.6 million of off-balance sheet sale-leaseback and accounts receivable
financings then outstanding. See "Capitalization" and "Description of the
Convertible Subordinated Notes--Subordination."
16
<PAGE>
In the event of any bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company,
the assets of the Company will be available to pay the obligations under the
Convertible Subordinated Notes only after all Senior Indebtedness of the
Company, and any other secured or priority claims, including secured claims
relating to the Company's underfunded pension liabilities, as discussed below,
have been paid in full. See "--Underfunded Pension Plans" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--
Liquidity and Capital Resources." After such payments, there may not be
sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts then outstanding under the
Convertible Subordinated Notes and the Company's other subordinated
obligations. In addition, the assets of the Company's subsidiaries will be
available to creditors of the Company only after such subsidiaries' obligations
are satisfied in full.
Certain rights of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the "PBGC") could
also affect the Company in connection with any such bankruptcy, liquidation or
reorganization. In general, the PBGC (an agency of the federal government)
guarantees certain benefits provided under defined benefit plans, such as the
Company's Pension Plans. If a plan is terminated (by either the sponsor or the
PBGC) and the sponsor of such plan does not pay the guaranteed benefits, the
PBGC will pay those benefits and then seek recovery of all unfunded benefits
from any company which contributes to such a plan and certain of its
affiliates. If the PBGC has a right to such a recovery, it also has a statutory
lien on all assets of such companies, up to a maximum of 30% of the net worth
of all companies liable for such amounts. Any claim in excess of the PBGC's
secured claim would be a general unsecured claim. The actuarial assumptions
used by the PBGC in assessing funding liabilities reflect a termination of the
plan rather than continued funding by the plan sponsor. This may result in a
substantially greater liability for benefits under the Company's Pension Plans
than is reflected in actuarial valuations for such plans prepared on an ongoing
basis.
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE SECURITIES
The Securities comprise new issues of securities for which there is currently
no public market. Although application has been made to list the Convertible
Subordinated Notes on the New York Stock Exchange, there can be no assurance
that an active trading market will be developed or sustained or that
Convertible Subordinated Notes will be able to be resold at or above the public
offering price as a result of prevailing interest rates, the market for similar
securities, the performance of the Company and other factors.
FINANCING PLAN
The Company has adopted a financing plan to enhance its liquidity, extend the
maturity of its Revolving Credit Agreement and improve its financial
flexibility. To meet these objectives, the Company is offering the Senior Notes
and the Convertible Subordinated Notes and, effective upon the completion of
the Offerings, amending its Revolving Credit Agreement and certain of its other
principal financing agreements.
Upon completion of the Offering, the Company's existing unsecured Revolving
Credit Agreement will be amended to provide for an extended three-year term. As
part of this amendment, the principal financial covenants in the Revolving
Credit Agreement will be modified to provide the Company with greater financial
flexibility and to eliminate the previous requirement that the Company sell
additional subordinated debt. For a summary of the principal covenants to be
contained in the amended Revolving Credit Agreement, see "Description of
Certain Financings--Revolving Credit Agreement."
The Company will also amend, effective upon the completion of the Offerings,
the financial covenants in the agreements governing its existing 9.35% and
9.33% Senior Notes in substantially the same manner as the financial covenants
in the Revolving Credit Agreement. For a summary of the principal covenants
contained in such agreements, see "Description of Certain Financings--9.35%
Senior Notes due 2000 and 9.33% Senior Notes due 2002."
17
<PAGE>
USE OF PROCEEDS
The Company intends to use all of the net proceeds of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes offering and, to the extent necessary, a portion of the net
proceeds of the Senior Notes offering to repay, on the date of issuance of the
Securities, all of the amounts outstanding under the Company's Revolving Credit
Agreement. This repayment will not reduce the lenders' three-year commitment
under that agreement. The Revolving Credit Agreement will have an initial
availability of $110 million. As of May 1, 1994, the Company had $50 million
borrowed under its Revolving Credit Agreement. The Company intends to use the
remaining net proceeds for general corporate purposes. For additional
information concerning the term, interest rate and other provisions of the
Revolving Credit Agreement, see "Description of Certain Financings--Revolving
Credit Agreement."
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
The Common Stock is listed on the New York, Pacific and London Stock
Exchanges. The following table sets forth for the fiscal periods indicated, the
high and low sales prices of the Common Stock on the Composite Tape, as
reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Incorporated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
HIGH LOW
------ -------
<S> <C> <C>
1992
First Quarter........................................... $26 $19 3/8
Second Quarter.......................................... 24 1/4 18 1/2
Third Quarter........................................... 21 5/8 14 1/4
Fourth Quarter.......................................... 15 1/8 9 3/8
1993
First Quarter........................................... 12 7/8 10 1/8
Second Quarter.......................................... 13 1/8 9 1/4
Third Quarter........................................... 12 1/2 8 5/8
Fourth Quarter.......................................... 10 1/4 6 1/2
1994
First Quarter........................................... 8 3/4 6 3/4
Second Quarter.......................................... 11 1/2 7 1/8
Third Quarter........................................... 11 1/8 8
Fourth Quarter(1)....................................... 8 7/8 8 5/8
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Through May 11, 1994, on which date the last reported sale price on the
Composite Tape was $8.625 per share.
At February 28, 1994, there were approximately 4,855 shareholders of record
holding the Company's Common Stock.
The Company has not paid cash dividends on its Common Stock since October
1975. Under the terms of the Company's Revolving Credit Agreement, the Company
may not pay cash dividends on its Common Stock. The Company's current policy is
to retain earnings for use in its business rather than to pay cash dividends on
its Common Stock. Future dividends on the Common Stock will depend on business
and financial conditions, earnings, then existing covenants in the Company's
financing agreements, and other factors and are subject to declaration by the
Company's Board of Directors at its discretion.
18
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the Company
and its subsidiaries as of January 30, 1994, and as adjusted to give effect to
(i) the sale of the Senior Notes, (ii) the sale of the Convertible Subordinated
Notes and (iii) the repayment of amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit
Agreement. This table should be read in conjunction with the financial
statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JANUARY 30, 1994
-------------------
AS
ACTUAL(1) ADJUSTED
--------- --------
(DOLLARS IN
THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash and Short-Term Investments.......................... $ 28,768 $123,068
======== ========
Debt:
Revolving Credit Agreement(2).......................... $ 50,000 $ --
9.35% Senior Notes due 2000............................ 75,000 75,000
9.33% Senior Notes due 2002............................ 62,000 62,000
Senior Notes due 2003.................................. -- 100,000
Capital leases......................................... 11,102 11,102
Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2004................ -- 50,000(3)
9.25% Subordinated Debentures due 2017................. 150,000 150,000
7.00% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2012..... 115,000 115,000
Other debt............................................. 20,323 20,323
-------- --------
Total Debt(4)........................................ 483,425 583,425(3)
Shareholders' Equity:
Preferred Stock, $1 par value, 10,000,000 shares
authorized, no shares issued.......................... -- --
Common Stock, $1 par value, 50,000,000 shares autho-
rized, 18,017,930 shares issued(5).................... 18,018 18,018
Additional paid-in capital............................. 102,541 102,541
Retained earnings...................................... 82,976 82,976
Minimum pension liability adjustment(6)................ (13,306) (13,306)
-------- --------
Total Shareholders' Equity........................... 190,229 190,229
-------- --------
Total Capitalization................................. $673,654 $773,654
======== ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) See "Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements--Notes 7 and 10" for
additional information concerning indebtedness and shareholders' equity.
(2) Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement were $50 million as of May
1, 1994. All outstanding amounts under the Revolving Credit Agreement will
be repaid with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offerings. See "Use of
Proceeds."
(3) Assuming the Underwriter does not exercise any part of its over-allotment
option.
(4) The Company's total financings include indebtedness, shown in the table
above, and off-balance sheet financings consisting of a $60 million
accounts receivable sales facility, which is reported as a reduction to
accounts receivable, and certain sale-leaseback transactions, accounted for
as operating leases, with an outstanding balance of $50.5 million as of
January 30, 1994. At January 31, 1994, the Company had deposited
approximately $7 million of cash into a reserve fund to support the
accounts receivable facility. See "Description of Certain Financings." The
Company's total financings were $587 million at January 30, 1994, and $687
million as adjusted for the Offerings.
(5) Excludes 2,674,418 shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of the
7.00% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2012, 3,058,175 shares
reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding or issuable stock
options, and 600,000 shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of
outstanding warrants.
(6) See "Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements--Note 9a" and "Risk
Factors--Underfunded Pension Plan."
19
<PAGE>
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following table sets forth the selected financial and operating data of
the Company for each of the periods indicated in the five-year period ended
July 31, 1993, which were derived, except as otherwise noted, from the audited
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company. The table also sets forth
selected financial and operating data for the six-month periods ended January
30, 1994, and January 31, 1993, which were derived from unaudited interim
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
-------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------
JAN. 30, JAN. 31,
1994 1993 1993(A) 1992 1991 1990 1989
-------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Sales.................. $484,823 $ 626,004 $1,175,152 $1,279,656 $1,385,086 $1,078,712 $1,044,677
Cost and Expenses...... 439,719 594,568 1,133,040 1,223,931 1,275,269 1,038,501 969,240
General and Adminis-
trative Expenses(b)... 13,446 22,467 43,800 10,167 9,239 8,606 393
-------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating Income
(Loss)................ 31,658 8,969 (1,688)(c) 45,558(d) 100,578 31,605 75,044
Interest--Net.......... 23,681 22,770 47,883 63,373 53,701 40,606 28,964
-------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income (Loss) Before
Taxes and Cumulative
Effect of Accounting
Changes............... 7,977 (13,801) (49,571) (17,815) 46,877 (9,001) 46,080
Taxes (Benefit) on In-
come.................. 242 (5,286) (18,990) (19,270) 16,360 (9,040) 12,600
-------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income (Loss) Before
Cumulative Effect of
Accounting Changes.... 7,735 (8,515) (30,581) 1,455 30,517 39 33,480
Cumulative Effect
Through July 31, 1992
of Accounting
Changes--Net of
Taxes(e).............. -- (223,950) (223,950) -- -- -- --
-------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net Income (Loss)...... $ 7,735 $ (232,465) $ (254,531) $ 1,455 $ 30,517 $ 39 $ 33,480
======== ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Net Income (Loss) Per
Share:
Income (Loss) Before
Cumulative Effect of
Accounting Changes.. $ 0.43 $ (0.48) $ (1.71) $ 0.08 $ 1.74 $ 0.00 $ 1.90
Cumulative Effect
Through July 31,
1992 of Accounting
Changes--Net of
Taxes............... -- (12.52) (12.50) -- -- -- --
-------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net Income (Loss).... $ 0.43 $ (13.00) $ (14.21) $ 0.08 $ 1.74 $ 0.00 $ 1.90
======== ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
BALANCE SHEET DATA AT
PERIOD END:
Working Capital........ $358,453 $ 447,476 $ 350,321 $ 700,774 $ 712,520 $ 640,461 $ 549,799
Property, Plant and
Equipment, Net........ 230,849 245,948 239,045 270,283 237,434 234,166 204,911
Total Assets........... 967,566 1,130,164 1,017,786 1,363,958 1,411,498 1,329,308 1,166,828
Total Debt(f).......... 483,425 628,243 531,608 572,594 636,070 551,227 426,390
Total Shareholders'
Equity................ 190,229 217,336 182,243 448,866 441,401 413,713 412,387
OTHER DATA:
EBITDA(g).............. $ 43,351 $ 21,617 $ 48,890 $ 123,413 $ 128,299 $ 58,645 $ 99,880
Depreciation and Amor-
tization.............. 11,693 12,648 25,578 27,855 27,721 27,040 24,836
Net Cash Provided by
(Used in)
Operating Activities.. 44,928 (35,571) 78,668 110,342 (62,770) (155,644) (106,747)
Capital
Expenditures(h)....... 2,949 18,878 27,536 62,933 32,383 28,923 39,005
Ratio of Earnings to
Fixed Charges(i)...... 1.31x 0.40x 0.01x 0.72x 1.81x 0.83x 2.27x
EBITDA to Interest
Expense(g)............ 1.79x 0.93x 1.00x 1.84x 2.34x 1.09x 3.13x
</TABLE>
20
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
------------------ -----------------------------------------------
JAN. 30, JAN. 31,
1994 1993 1993(A) 1992 1991 1990 1989
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------
(UNAUDITED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PRO FORMA DATA TO REFLECT
ACCOUNTING CHANGES:
(UNAUDITED)(j):
Pro Forma Net Income
(Loss)(j).................. $ 7,735 $(8,515) $(30,581) $(36,271) $(22,898) $(58,469) $(8,680)
Pro Forma Net Income (Loss)
per Share.................. $ 0.43 $ (0.48) $ (1.71) $ (2.05) $ (1.31) $ (3.29) $ (0.49)
Pro Forma EBITDA(g)(k)...... $43,351 $21,617 $ 48,890 $ 62,269 $ 41,727 $(36,182) $31,549
Pro Forma EBITDA to Inter-
est Expense................ 1.79x 0.93x 1.00x 0.93x 0.76x (l) 0.99x
ADJUSTED DATA TO REFLECT
OFFERINGS BEFORE CUMULA-
TIVE EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING
CHANGES: (UNAUDITED)(m)
Net Income (Loss)(m)........ $ 4,031 $(37,266)
Net Income (Loss) per
Share...................... $ 0.22 $ (2.08)
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
Charges(n)................. 1.05x 0.01x
EBITDA to Interest
Expense(g)................. 1.45x 0.83x
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Fiscal 1993 results reflect the Company's adoption, in the third quarter,
of changes to certain elements in the application of accounting principles
relating to long-term programs and contracts, including the expensing of
general and administrative costs that were previously carried in inventory
for amortization over future deliveries. The amounts also reflect the
Company's adoption of SFAS No. 106, "Employers Accounting for Post-
Retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions," and SFAS No. 109, "Accounting
for Income Taxes." The accounting changes described above were effective
August 1, 1992. As a result, periods prior to August 1, 1992 are not
comparable.
(b) Fiscal 1993 results reflect the Company's changed accounting policy to
expense general and administrative expenses as incurred; these expenses
were previously inventoried.
(c) Includes the impact of net provisions of $25.0 million for plant closure,
inventory obsolescence and other asset valuations, other costs related to
the planned consolidation process and various items of litigation. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations--Results of Operations--Fiscal 1993 Compared to Fiscal
1992." The impact of the accounting change on fiscal 1993 was a reduction
to operating profit of $39.9 million.
(d) Includes the impact of special provisions of approximately $50.0 million
for the termination of the Lockheed C-5 spare pylon program, the Valsan
727 re-engining program, an investigation by government agencies
concerning production of parts and a provision for the closing of the
Auburn plant. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Results of Operations--Fiscal 1992
Compared to Fiscal 1991."
(e) In the third quarter of fiscal 1993, the Company changed certain of its
accounting principles as described in note (a) above. These changes
required the Company to calculate the effect of the change in accounting
principles on retained earnings as of the first day in the fiscal year of
change.
(f) Excludes off-balance sheet financing. See "Capitalization."
(g) EBITDA is defined as earnings before the cumulative effect of the
accounting changes, interest and other income, interest expense and taxes
on income (benefit) and depreciation, amortization and the impact of the
special provisions referred to in notes (b) and (c) above. EBITDA is
presented here to provide additional information about the Company's
ability to meet its future debt service, capital expenditure, and working
capital requirements and should not be construed as substitute for or a
better indicator of results of operations or liquidity than net income or
cash flow from operating activities computed in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.
(h) Includes capitalized interest; excludes additions to property, plant and
equipment financed by industrial revenue bonds and capital leases.
(i) For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, the
term "earnings" represents income (loss) before cumulative effect of
accounting changes, plus income tax (benefit) and fixed charges excluding
capitalized interest. The term "fixed charges" represents interest
expense, capitalized interest, amortization of debt issue expense and the
portion of operating lease rental expense considered to be representative
of an interest factor. Historical earnings were insufficient to cover
fixed charges by $14,886 for the six months ended January 31, 1993 and
$51,184 for fiscal 1993, $19,312 for fiscal 1992 and $9,604 for fiscal
1990.
21
<PAGE>
(j) The Pro Forma Data to Reflect Accounting Changes (Unaudited), assumes the
changes in the application of accounting principles for long-term programs
and contracts adopted by the Company effective August 1, 1992, are applied
retroactively. The pro forma amounts presented also reflect the
retroactive application of SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" to
the periods presented--periods which predate both the Company's adoption
of SFAS No. 109 and the release of that standard. Tax benefits arising
pursuant to SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," are allocated
ratably over the pro forma restated periods. The pro forma restated effect
of the Company's adoption of SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for
Post-Retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions" are not material and are not
presented. The pro forma financial data should not be considered
indicative of actual results that would have been achieved had the
accounting changes adopted by the Company effective August 1, 1992 been in
effect for the periods indicated and do not purport to indicate result of
operations as of any future date or for any future period. The following
information should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", and the
"Consolidated Financial Statements of Rohr, Inc. and Subsidiaries" and the
Notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------
JAN. 30, JAN. 31,
1994 1993 1993 1992 1991 1990 1989
-------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PRO FORMA INCOME
STATEMENT DATA
(UNAUDITED):
Sales.................. $484,823 $626,004 $1,175,152 $1,279,656 $1,385,086 $1,078,712 $1,044,677
Cost and Expenses...... 439,719 594,568 1,133,040 1,242,240 1,321,792 1,092,150 996,313
General and
Administrative
Expenses.............. 13,446 22,467 43,800 53,002 49,288 49,784 41,651
-------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating Income
(loss)................ 31,658 8,969 (1,688)(c) (15,586)(d) 14,006 (63,222) 6,713
Interest Net........... 23,681 22,770 47,883 63,373 53,701 40,606 28,964
-------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income (Loss) Before
Taxes................. 7,977 (13,801) (49,571) (78,959) (39,695) (103,828) (22,251)
Tax (Benefit) on
Income................ 242 (5,286) (18,990) (42,688) (16,797) (45,359) (13,571)
-------- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net Income (Loss)...... $ 7,735 $ (8,515) $ (30,581) $ (36,271) $ (22,898) $ (58,469) $ (8,680)
======== ======== ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Pro Forma Ratio of
Earnings to Fixed
Charges............... 1.31x 0.40x 0.01x (l) 0.30x (l) 0.33x
</TABLE>
(k) The calculation of pro forma EBITDA is shown below (unaudited):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
----------------- ---------------------------------------------------
JAN. 30, JAN. 31,
1994 1993 1993 1992 1991 1990 1989
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operating Income, as Re-
ported................. $31,658 $ 8,969 $ (1,688)(c) $ 45,558(d) $100,578 $ 31,605 $75,044
Less Changes in the Ap-
plication of Account-
ing Principles for
Long-Term Programs and
Contracts............. -- -- -- 61,144 86,572 94,827 68,331
------- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------
Pro forma Operating In-
come (Loss)............ 31,658 8,969 (1,688) (15,586) 14,006 (63,222) 6,713
Add Depreciation and Am-
ortization............. 11,693 12,648 25,578 27,855 27,721 27,040 24,836
------- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------
Pro Forma Earnings...... 43,351 21,617 23,890 12,269 41,727 (36,182) 31,549
Add Special Provisions.. -- -- 25,000 50,000 -- -- --
------- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------
Pro Forma EBITDA........ $43,351 $21,617 $ 48,890 $ 62,269 $ 41,727 $(36,182) $31,549
======= ======= ======== ======== ======== ======== =======
</TABLE>
(l) Negative numbers as losses were incurred.
(m) The unaudited adjusted data to reflect the Offerings assumes the financial
data has been adjusted for the effect of the Offerings and the
corresponding repayment of the outstanding balance under the Revolving
Credit Agreement and short-term bank debt as of the first day of each
fiscal period and assumes no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment
option.
(n) Ratio of earnings to fixed charges as adjusted to reflect the Offerings,
reflect the issuance of the Senior Notes and the Convertible Subordinated
Notes (assuming no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment option),
and the application of the proceeds therefrom, as if the Offerings had
been consummated as of the first day of each fiscal period. On such basis,
earnings were insufficient to cover the pro forma fixed charges by $62,019
for fiscal 1993.
22
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
GENERAL
The following discussion and analysis presents management's assessment of
material developments affecting the Company's results of operations, liquidity
and capital resources for the three years ended July 31, 1993 and the six
months ended January 30, 1994. These discussions should be read in conjunction
with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto.
Comparisons between periods may not be meaningful because of significant
changes the Company made in certain of its accounting policies, effective
August 1, 1992, as discussed in "--Accounting Changes," and the substantial
provisions taken in the third quarters of fiscal 1992 and 1993.
On certain long-term programs under which the Company sells spares directly
to the airlines, the Company accounts for profit and loss under the program
method of accounting. Under the program method of accounting, the quantity of
units in the profit center includes existing and anticipated contracts and is
predicated upon market forecasts, which have inherent uncertainties. Included
within the program quantity are spares anticipated to be sold concurrent with
production units which, as a percentage of total deliveries, increase as a
program matures and historically have been sold at higher prices than
production units. As spares and production units are both included in the
program quantity, higher margins are reported in the early program years based
upon anticipated production and spare orders in the future. Programs for which
the Company uses the program method of accounting and for which spares are
significant are as follows: V2500, CF6-80C, CFM56-5, A340 and MD-90. Market
forecasts continue to support the reasonableness of the projected spares
included in program quantities. See "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements--Note 1b."
COMPANY OUTLOOK
As a result of the slow down in the commercial aerospace industry and
reductions in the Company's military and space programs (see "Risk Factors--
Industry Cycles; Current Business Outlook" and "Business--Markets"), the
Company's revenues decreased approximately 8% from fiscal 1991 to fiscal 1992
and approximately 8% from fiscal 1992 to fiscal 1993. Revenues for the first
six months of fiscal 1994 were approximately 23% less than for the comparable
period in fiscal 1993. In response to these conditions, management has taken
aggressive actions to increase competitiveness, improve earnings, maximize cash
flow and reduce debt.
The Company has reduced its workforce from a peak of approximately 12,100 at
July 31, 1989, to approximately 6,500 at July 31, 1993, and 5,154 at January
30, 1994. The Company's new management has also focused on reducing the ratio
of indirect employees to direct employees. From April 30, 1993 to January 30,
1994, this ratio improved from 1-to-2.0 to 1-to-2.6. Management has targeted a
ratio of 1-to-2.8 by July 31, 1994. Management has also established a total
overhead expense budget equal to 29% of sales for fiscal 1994, which compares
to a high of 41% of sales in fiscal 1989 and 32% of sales for the 12 months
ended January 30, 1994.
To reduce excess capacity and to increase overall production efficiencies
through higher utilization of its remaining facilities, the Company has closed
and sold its Auburn, Washington plant, is closing its Hagerstown, Maryland
plant and has deferred completion of a new facility in Arkadelphia, Arkansas.
The Company also has reduced capital expenditures from an average of $45
million per year over the last five fiscal years to a planned expenditure of $7
million in fiscal 1994. Average expenditures over the next four years are not
expected to exceed $20 million per year.
The Company has also increased its focus on its core business within the
commercial aerospace industry--the design and manufacture of nacelle and pylon
systems for large commercial aircraft. The Company intends to focus exclusively
on these products and to be the low cost producer in this
23
<PAGE>
segment. The Company is currently in negotiations to sell two non-core
businesses, its business jet product line and its overhaul and repair business.
These two businesses generated approximately $35 million of revenue in fiscal
1993.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
First Six Months Fiscal 1994 Compared to First Six Months Fiscal 1993
Total sales for the first six months of fiscal year 1994 were $484.8 million,
down $141.2 million or 22.6% from the first six months of fiscal year 1993.
Commercial sales during the first six months of fiscal year 1994 were down
compared to the same period of fiscal year 1993 due primarily to reductions in
deliveries. Government sales for the comparative period declined due primarily
to a reduction in the delivery rate on the Titan program. Commercial sales
aggregated 88% and government sales 12% of the Company's total sales in the
first six months of fiscal year 1994.
Operating income increased to $31.7 million for the first six months of
fiscal year 1994, up from $9.0 million for the same period of fiscal year 1993.
A significant contributor was reduced general and administrative expenses which
declined $9.1 million from $22.5 million for the first six months of fiscal
1993 to $13.4 million for the first six months of fiscal 1994. The decline was
primarily the result of work force reductions and other ongoing cost cutting
efforts. Fiscal 1994 results were adversely impacted by a reduction in sales
volume on several programs. Fiscal 1993 results were impacted by losses on
tooling and design efforts and cost problems related to certain programs, a
loss on the 727 re-engining program, and $5 million for additional provisions
related to various litigation uncertainties. Operating income in the first six
months of fiscal year 1994 was also impacted by a less favorable follow-on
contract on the Titan program.
Net interest expense was $23.7 million for the first six months of fiscal
year 1994 compared to $22.8 million for the same period last year. While total
financings have declined, interest rates paid by the Company have increased
primarily due to the replacement of certain variable rate financings with long-
term fixed rate financing.
Earnings for the first six months of fiscal year 1994 were a positive $7.7
million or 43 cents per share compared to a loss of $8.5 million or 48 cents
per share (before the cumulative effect of the accounting change) for the same
period last year. The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, adopted in August
1993, increased federal tax rates, thus causing the deferred tax asset shown on
the balance sheet to increase and taxes on income to decrease for the first
six-months of fiscal year 1994. This resulted in a one time increase in net
income of $2.8 million and earnings per share of 16 cents.
The first six-months of fiscal year 1993 were additionally impacted by a loss
of $223.9 million, net of taxes, or $12.52 per share, due to the cumulative
effect for the changes in the application of accounting principles through July
31, 1992, adopted on a retroactive basis in the third quarter of fiscal year
1993.
Additional Items
The Company is still experiencing softness in orders by airlines for spare
components, which caused the Company to revise its spares delivery forecast in
the near term on certain programs. See "--Fiscal 1993 Compared with Fiscal
1992."
The Company has notified its customer on the V2500 program that it has
exercised its contractual right to terminate the contract in 1995 so the
Company will not be required to accept orders under the current contract terms
after mid-year 1995. The Company is discussing possible alternative contractual
arrangements with its customer under which it would continue with the program.
In addition, anticipated spares deliveries for the V2500 program have been
revised downward in the near term and the Company now expects to incur the
total loss previously booked on this program.
24
<PAGE>
The Company and its actuary are evaluating the extent to which the downsizing
of personnel may necessitate the expensing of unamortized pension benefit past
service costs related to the termination of employees. This evaluation and the
recognition of its financial impact is expected to be complete by the end of
the third quarter of fiscal 1994. See "Risk Factors--Underfunded Pension
Plans."
Fiscal 1993 Compared with Fiscal 1992
Sales declined from $1,279.7 million in fiscal 1992 to $1,175.2 million in
fiscal 1993. Commercial sales benefited from deliveries on the Airbus A340
program, and start-up of the MD-90 program. However, commercial sales in fiscal
1993 were negatively impacted by reductions in the delivery rate of large
commercial aircraft. See "Risk Factors--Industry Cycles; Current Business
Outlook" and "Business--Markets." Government sales for the comparable period
declined due to events in the previous year, including the termination of the
C-5 spare pylon program and completion of F-14 production deliveries.
Commercial sales aggregated 87% and government sales 13% of total sales.
Total general and administrative expenditures declined $9.2 million from
$53.0 million in fiscal 1992 to $43.8 million in fiscal 1993. The decline was
primarily the result of work force reductions, postponement of annual wage
increases, and other ongoing cost cutting efforts. General and administrative
expenses in fiscal 1993 were charged as a period expense. General and
administrative expenditures for fiscal 1992 were, in part, inventoried and
relieved through cost of sales as units were delivered. This change was made as
part of the change in application of accounting principles discussed in "--
Accounting Changes."
The Company reported an operating loss of $1.7 million for fiscal 1993
compared to an operating profit of $45.6 million for fiscal 1992. Fiscal 1993
operating income was negatively impacted by $39.9 million due to the change in
application of accounting principles relating to long-term programs and
contracts. See "--Accounting Changes." These changes will also continue to
impact results negatively in the near term, but are expected to positively
impact operating results in the long-term. Results for the year were also
adversely affected by net provisions aggregating $25.0 million for plant
closure, inventory obsolescence and other asset valuations, other costs related
to the planned consolidation process, and various items of litigation. In
addition, results reflect a reduction in anticipated sale of spare parts on the
V2500, CF6-80C, CFM56-5 and A340 programs. The Company generally attributes
recent reductions in spares sales to the surplus aircraft in the current market
place. As a result of such surplus, aircraft deliveries have declined and the
initial spares sold to support newly delivered aircraft have also declined. In
addition, airlines are maintaining lower spares levels; the existence of
surplus aircraft has reduced the need for spares supplies sufficient to keep an
airline's entire fleet in operation. Also, improved production quality appears
to have reduced spares requirements. In addition, fiscal 1993 results reflected
increased costs associated with assembly labor performance and subcontractor
changes on the PW300 program and certain out-of-production spare programs.
Operating results in fiscal 1992 were adversely impacted by a number of special
provisions approximating $50 million. Paramount was a provision for potential
losses arising as a result of the government's termination for default of the
C-5 spare pylon program. See "Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements--
Note 8." Operating results for fiscal 1992 were also impacted by provisions
relating to the Company's investment in the Valsan 727 re-engining program,
which was negatively impacted by delayed implementation of U.S. noise
regulations, and by provisions for closure of the Company's Auburn facility and
future settlement of possible criminal and civil proceedings concerning certain
government programs. In fiscal year 1992, operating results were also impacted
by cost problems on certain "out-of production" spares programs.
In fiscal 1993, the Company achieved better labor performance than in fiscal
1992. This is attributed, in part, to the generally higher seniority level of
the Company's work force as a result of the Company's recent downsizing
activities.
25
<PAGE>
Estimates of anticipated spare part sales were reduced on the McDonnell
Douglas MD-90 program resulting in a decline of projected operating income from
this program in future years. Negotiation of a new long-term agreement on the
PW4000 program resulted in revised cash flow estimates that delayed recovery of
the Company's investment on that program.
Net interest expense was $47.9 million for the year ended July 31, 1993, as
compared to $63.4 million for the same period the previous year. The 1992
period included a charge of $18.3 million during the third quarter of fiscal
1992 for interest cost attributed to the IRS audit adjustment to the Company's
1984 and 1985 federal tax returns. The 1993 period also includes interest
expenses for income tax liabilities. Net of the interest for income tax
liabilities, interest expense in 1993 was lower than in fiscal 1992 due to
lower average borrowings and lower interest rates.
Net loss was $254.5 million for the year ended July 31, 1993, as compared to
income of $1.5 million for fiscal 1992, primarily as a result of the $224.0
million charge for the cumulative effect of the accounting changes described
under "--Accounting Changes," the effect of the accounting change in 1993 of
$39.9 million ($24.6 million after tax) and the $25.0 million ($15.4 million
after tax) special provision.
The net loss for the year ended July 31, 1993 is net of tax benefits totaling
$158.0 million. These tax benefits offset existing deferred tax liabilities at
July 31, 1992 and resulted in a net deferred tax asset of $103.0 million at
July 31, 1993.
Fiscal 1992 Compared With Fiscal 1991
Commercial sales declined during fiscal 1992 compared to fiscal 1991 due to a
reduction in deliveries on certain programs reflecting changing economic
conditions and a reduction in sales resulting from a subcontractor delivering
directly to the customer. Government sales declined due to the termination of
the C-5 spare pylon program and the completion of F-14 production deliveries.
Commercial sales aggregated 86% and government sales 14% of total sales
compared to 80% and 20% for fiscal 1991.
The Company reported an operating profit of $45.6 million for fiscal 1992
compared to an operating profit of $100.6 million for fiscal 1991. Fiscal 1992
operating results were adversely impacted by a number of third quarter special
provisions approximating $50.0 million, plus approximately $5.5 million during
the third quarter related to the state franchise tax effect of special charges.
The special provisions included charges for the termination of the Lockheed C-5
spare pylon program, the Valsan 727 re-engining program, an investigation by
government agencies concerning production of parts, and a provision for the
closing of the Auburn plant. In addition, commercial programs during fiscal
1992 benefited from some improved pricing and, based on aircraft orders and
options placed by airlines, an increase in the program quantity and spare part
sales estimates for the General Electric CF6-80C and CFM International CFM56-5
nacelle programs, which were in turn offset by a reduction in sales volume.
Government programs during fiscal 1992 continued to be adversely impacted by
disruption from redefined acceptance criteria by the government. Also of
significance was the completion of the F-14 production program and the benefit
from improved cost performance at the Space division. The Company revised its
overhead cost rates used in its program cost estimates to reflect a declining
production base anticipated in future years.
Fiscal 1992 operating results included an estimate of recovery on the KC-135
program for constructive change claims related to government redefined
acceptance criteria. Fiscal 1991 operating results included an additional
estimate of recovery on the Boeing E3/E6 program and an initial estimate of
recovery on the Lockheed C-5 production and spare pylon programs related to
government redefined acceptance criteria, as well as an estimate of recovery on
the PW4000 program related to tooling and design change activity.
26
<PAGE>
Operating results were limited by the inability to achieve profitable results
on several major programs. Among these were the V2500, MD-11 pylon and PW4000
programs, which have been impacted by delays and increased labor cost estimates
for bonding and assembly operations plus tooling and design support services.
An A320 order by United Airlines improved the market outlook for the V2500
program, although spares sales were still below original expectations delaying
recovery of the Company's program investment. Negotiations on the PW4000
contract and the resolution of major design changes for the MD-11 program
improved the financial status during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1992 of these
major programs.
Program estimates on the Airbus A340 nacelle program continued to be
negatively influenced by delays in delivery of the initial program quantity, a
reduction in anticipated spare part sales, increased start-up costs and higher
than planned bonding and assembly costs. These revised estimates indicate a
less than planned return in the future on investment for this program.
Interest expense was increased $18.3 million during the third quarter of
fiscal 1992 to reflect the interest cost of federal income tax adjustments.
These tax adjustments have offset previously expected tax deductions, and the
related interest income accrual. Interest on indebtedness was lower than for
fiscal 1991 due to lower average borrowings and lower rates.
An income tax benefit was recorded during fiscal 1992 as a result of the
pretax loss. The benefit was higher than the amount computed at statutory tax
rates due to additional benefits from tax planning items and, most importantly,
utilization of tax reserves in connection with the federal income tax interest
adjustment discussed above. The effective income tax rate, which is expressed
as a ratio of tax expense to pretax income, was substantially higher in fiscal
1992 compared to fiscal 1991 because benefits from utilization of tax reserves
and tax planning items increase the rate when there is a pretax loss.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
For the first six months of fiscal year 1994, net cash provided by operating
activities totaled $44.9 million compared with a use of cash of $35.6 million
for the same period of the prior year. Net cash provided by operating
activities was $78.7 million in fiscal 1993 and $110.3 million in fiscal 1992.
In recent periods, net cash provided by operating activities included one-time
receipts by the Company for design and tooling efforts and similar non-
recurring tasks. Net cash from operating activities also included accelerated
payments for delivered production hardware in the first six months of fiscal
1994, and the receipt of certain amounts that had been deferred pending
aircraft certification in fiscal 1993 and 1992. Net cash provided by operations
is subject to significant variations from period to period.
The Company's total financings (balance sheet debt plus off-balance sheet
financings) aggregated $587 million at January 30, 1994, down $56.9 million
from July 31, 1993. Total indebtedness as reflected on the Company's balance
sheet decreased by $48.2 million from $531.6 million on July 31, 1993 to $483.4
million on January 30, 1994. During the first six months of fiscal year 1994,
the Company repaid its $35 million medium term note and made the annual $12.5
million principal payment on its 9.35% senior notes.
The Company's liquidity has improved over the last year, primarily as a
result of cash flow generated from operating activities. However, as a result
of its credit rating and the financial community's concerns about the aerospace
industry, the Company has generally been unable to utilize uncommitted and
certain other credit facilities which historically have been available to it. A
bank that provided a letter of credit in support of certain Company obligations
recently extended the letter of credit for an additional year. The Company is
seeking the renewal of or replacement of another letter of credit which is
scheduled to expire in July 1994. If the Company does not obtain a renewal or
substitute letter of credit, it will be required to fund approximately $17
million of obligations currently supported by the letter of credit.
27
<PAGE>
On January 30, 1994, the Company had $50 million of borrowings under its
committed Revolving Credit Agreement, no change from borrowings of $50 million
on July 31, 1993. Upon completion of the Offerings, the Revolving Credit
Agreement will be amended to provide for a three-year commitment and will
contain revised financial covenants which were negotiated to permit the
Offerings contemplated by this Prospectus and the expected increases in
underfunded pension liabilities (which are discussed in greater detail below).
See "Risk Factors--Underfunded Pension Plans" and "Description of Certain
Financings."
The Company is a party to a $60 million accounts receivable facility under
which it sells receivables from specified customers on an on-going basis. As a
result of the slow-down in the aerospace industry, the amount of outstanding
receivables from these customers has fallen below levels which existed at the
start of the facility. As a result, the Company has deposited cash collateral
from time to time as required to support the facility and has withdrawn such
cash when it is no longer required to be deposited. At January 30, 1994, the
Company had $7 million of cash collateral on deposit.
The Company is also a party to certain equipment leases and has granted the
lessors a security interest in selected customer receivables to secure $10
million of obligations. If the parties who lease this equipment to the Company
do not assign approximately one-half of their beneficial interests in the
leased equipment to other parties by January 1995, the equipment lessors may
require the Company to prepay up to $10 million of its equipment lease
obligations.
The Company's existing debt level reflects the substantial investments made
by the Company in the late 1980s and early 1990s to design and begin production
on several major long-term programs. Except for the MD-90, the Company has
substantially completed the large investments required by these programs and
most are now well into production. The industry is expected to introduce
relatively few new programs in the next several years and, accordingly, the
Company believes that its financing requirements for new programs have been
reduced as compared to prior periods.
At July 31, 1993, the underfunded status (excess of projected benefit
obligations over plan assets) of the Company's defined benefit plans had
increased to $65.6 million. This underfunded status resulted from a combination
of factors including benefit increases, increased levels of early retirements,
less than the actuarially-assumed returns on plan assets and a reduction in the
discount rate used to calculate the present value of future pension plan
liabilities for financial reporting purposes. Considering current interest rate
levels, the Company anticipates reducing its discount rate to 7.5% for its
fiscal year 1994 valuation from the 8.5% used for its 1993 valuation, which
will substantially increase the Company's accrued pension benefit obligation.
In addition, the Company has continued to experience a higher level of early
retirements than actuarially anticipated which is also expected to
significantly increase the accrued pension benefit obligation. The Company
anticipates that the expected increases in the underfunded pension liabilities
will approximate $75 million and will result in a charge to shareholders'
equity estimated at $45 million and an estimated $30 million increase to the
Company's deferred tax asset account. The Company and its actuary are also
evaluating the extent to which the downsizing of personnel may necessitate the
expensing of unamortized pension benefit past service costs related to
terminated employees. This matter does not affect the underfunded status of the
plans but would result in a charge to earnings. The evaluation of all of these
items and the recognition of the related financial impact is expected to be
completed by the end of the third quarter of fiscal 1994. See "Risk Factors--
Underfunded Pension Plans."
The Company's required minimum annual contribution to its defined benefit
plan, which is directly impacted by the plans' funded status, has increased
from $15.3 million for calendar year 1992 to $19.0 million for calendar year
1993. The Company expects that IRS regulations will require it to increase its
annual cash contributions to the Pension Plans for several years. These
regulations are designed to
28
<PAGE>
substantially eliminate pension plan underfunding within five years. The
Company expects to have sufficient liquidity to make these increased
contributions.
The Company's principal financing agreements have covenants pertaining to
indebtedness (which is defined to include the underfunded pension liabilities),
to shareholders' equity (which would be affected by any charge to equity caused
by an increase in underfunded pension liabilities), and to the ratio of net
income to fixed charges (which would be affected by any increase in pension
expense). However, the Company and the lenders under these agreements have
agreed on revised financial covenants to accommodate the financial effect of
the pension issues described above. The revised financial covenants will become
effective upon the sale of the Securities.
On January 21, 1994, the Company announced that it had signed letters of
intent to sell its business jet product line and certain assets of a wholly
owned subsidiary, Rohr Aero Services, Inc. The revenue generated from these
operations has approximated $35 million in each of the last two fiscal years.
In preparation for the sale of the assets of Rohr Aero Services, Inc., the
Company adjusted carrying values of assets downward by $0.7 million during the
second quarter of fiscal 1994. In the aggregate, a net gain is anticipated upon
sale of these assets. In March 1994, the purchaser of these two lines of
business placed a $7.8 million deposit in escrow. One-half of this deposit is
nonrefundable under certain circumstances. The Company recently sold its
Auburn, Washington plant (which was closed in fiscal year 1993) and is seeking
to sell its Hagerstown, Maryland manufacturing facility which is excess to
projected capacity needs.
The Company's net inventory decreased to $412.2 million at January 30, 1994
from $439.7 million at July 31, 1993. Excess-over-average and production
inventory declined reflecting the increased maturity of newer programs, the
reduced sales volume and the efforts of management to control inventory levels
through shorter lead times and just-in-time contracts. These reductions were
partially offset by an increase in pre-production inventory, primarily in the
MD-90 and A340 programs and in a new application of the V2500 program. The
changes in the application of accounting principles adopted by the Company in
fiscal 1993 substantially decreased net inventory from its level at July 31,
1992. See "--Accounting Changes" and "Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements--Note 2."
The Company's receivables decreased from $133.2 million on July 31, 1992 to
$94.1 million at both July 31, 1993, and January 30, 1994, due to several large
receipts by the Company for tooling, design changes and similar non-recurring
tasks, as well as the receipt of certain amounts deferred pending aircraft
certification. This decrease was net of a $45 million reduction in the
receivables sales arrangement which, by itself, would have increased
receivables by $45 million. See "Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements--Note 3."
Capital expenditures (including expenditures funded by industrial revenue
bonds and capital leases) averaged $45 million per year over the past five
fiscal years. Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment totaled
$2.9 million for the first six months of fiscal year 1994, down from $18.9
million in the first six months of fiscal year 1993. Capital expenditures in
the first six months of fiscal year 1993 were higher due in large part to
expenditures for new office and manufacturing facilities. In addition, the
Company has substantially curtailed its previously planned capital expenditures
for the balance of fiscal year 1994 in line with other cost cutting efforts and
anticipates such expenditures will not exceed an average of $20 million per
year over the subsequent four years. Given its substantial recent investments,
the Company believes that the amount it plans to spend on capital expenditures
over the next several years will be sufficient to meet the Company's production
requirements.
The Company's firm backlog, which includes the sales price of all undelivered
units covered by customers' orders for which the Company has production
authorization, was approximately $1.3 billion at January 30, 1994 compared to
$1.4 billion at July 31, 1993. Approximately $0.4 billion of the $1.3 billion
backlog is expected to be delivered in the remainder of fiscal year 1994.
(Sales during any period
29
<PAGE>
include sales which were not part of backlog at the end of the prior period.)
Customer orders in firm backlog are subject to rescheduling and/or termination
for customer convenience; however, in certain cases the Company is entitled to
an adjustment in contract amounts. The Company has an additional $2.7 billion
in anticipated backlog, which represents the sales price of units which the
Company expects that its customers will order under existing contracts and the
Company will deliver within seven years.
The Company believes that, after the completion of the Offerings, its
principal sources of liquidity over the next several years will be cash flow
from operations, available cash, borrowings under the Revolving Credit
Agreement and the pending asset sales. Based upon current levels of operations
and anticipated future business, the Company believes that these sources will
be adequate to meet its anticipated requirements for working capital, capital
expenditures and debt service during that period.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
The Company has been identified as a potentially responsible party ("PRP")
under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
of 1980, as amended ("CERCLA" or "Superfund"), and under certain analogous
state laws for the cleanup of contamination resulting from past disposal of
hazardous substances at several sites to which the Company, among others, sent
such substances in the past. CERCLA requires the cleanup of sites from which
there has been a release or threatened release of hazardous substances, and
authorizes the Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") to take any necessary
response actions at such sites, including ordering PRPs to cleanup or
contribute to the cleanup of a Superfund site. Courts have interpreted CERCLA
to impose strict, joint and several liability upon all persons liable for
response cost.
In June 1987, the U.S. District Court of Los Angeles, in U.S. et al, vs.
Stringfellow, granted partial summary judgment against the Company and 14 other
defendants on the issue of liability under CERCLA. On November 30, 1993, the
special master released his "Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law and Reporting
Recommendations of the Special Master Regarding the State Share Fact Finding
Hearing," allocating liability between the State of California and other
parties. See "Legal and Environmental Proceedings--Stringfellow." The most
recent estimate the Company has made of its liability, assuming the court order
allocating substantial liability to the State of California is upheld, assuming
the 1989 EPA estimate of total cleanup costs is not exceeded (although the EPA
cautioned the actual costs could have a variation of 30% less or 50% higher
than its estimate), and assuming tentative allocations among the Company and
all other users of the site will approximate the final allocation of aggregate
user liability, shows a Company expenditure ranging from $5 to $8 million over
and above sums spent to date. This amount is within the sums accrued on the
books of the Company for potential offsite environmental liability. However,
the Company estimates further assume that the EPA selects a final remedial
action of moderate technology and cost, rather than one of several more radical
ones previously suggested, but apparently discarded at this point, by the EPA.
The decision on the final remedial action is still being studied and may be
made in 1994 or later.
Expenditures by the Company for cleanup of this site during fiscal 1993 were
not material, although cleanup costs for Stringfellow are expected to be
approximately $1 million during fiscal 1994. From inception to July 31, 1993,
the Company has expended approximately $2.5 million on cleanup costs for this
site. Amounts within the above estimated $5 to $8 million range of future
liability are expected to be paid for remedial work over the next several years
under agreements and consent decrees entered into between the EPA, the Company
and numerous other PRPs. Applicable law provides for continuing liability for
future remedial work beyond these agreements and consent decrees, although the
Company believes its reserves are adequate for its portion of such liability if
all of the above assumptions are correct. The Company also has claims against
its comprehensive general liability insurers for insurance reimbursement, for
past and future costs, none of which has yet been recorded in the financial
records of the Company except for sums actually paid in certain insurance
settlements and certain legal fees which the insurers have been reimbursing.
Based on the foregoing analysis, the Company believes that costs of remedial
actions for the Stringfellow site will not have a material effect on the
Company's financial condition, liquidity or results of operation.
30
<PAGE>
The Company is also involved in several other proceedings and investigations
related to waste disposal sites and other environmental matters. The Company
has made claims against its insurance carriers for certain of these items, and
has received claims acknowledgment letters reserving the rights of such
carriers. As in the case of the Stringfellow site, the insurers have alleged or
may allege defenses to coverage, although no litigation has been commenced. It
is difficult to estimate the ultimate level of environmental expenditures for
these various other environmental matters due to a number of uncertainties at
this early stage, including the complexity of the related laws and their
interpretation, alternative cleanup technologies and methods, insurance and
other recoveries, and in some cases the extent or uncertainty of the Company's
involvement. See "Legal and Environmental Proceedings" for a more detailed
discussion of the range of the Company's potential liability.
During the year ended July 31, 1993, the Company expended, for the
environmental items described above and also for other environmental matters
(including environmental protection activities in the normal operation of its
plants), a total of approximately $6 million. These expenditures covered
various environmental elements, including hazardous waste treatment and
disposal costs, environmental permits, environmental consultants, fines or
donations (which were not material, either individually or in the aggregate)
and environmental remediation (including Stringfellow), no significant part of
which was capitalized. Assuming the usage of all of these various environmental
elements remains substantially the same for fiscal 1994 as in fiscal 1993,
which the Company anticipates, costs for these elements in fiscal year 1994
should be comparable to the expenditures for fiscal 1993, except for the
indicated higher sum expected to be paid for Stringfellow remediation in fiscal
1994.
Based upon presently available information, the Company believes that
aggregate costs in relation to all environmental matters of the Company will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition,
liquidity, results of operations or capital expenditures.
ACCOUNTING CHANGES
In the third quarter of fiscal 1993, the Company changed certain elements of
its application of accounting principles relating to long-term programs and
contracts, effective August 1, 1992. As a result of these changes, certain
costs previously carried in inventory for amortization over future deliveries
are now being expensed. These costs include certain pre-certification costs,
consisting primarily of tooling and design expenses in excess of negotiated
contractual values, that are now expensed as identified. In addition, general
and administrative costs that were previously capitalized are now being
expensed as incurred. Following a thorough review of its accounting policies,
the Company concluded there was a need, particularly in light of the current
aerospace environment, to have financial results more closely reflect near-term
program economics (cash flow and internal rate of return). As a result, these
changes generally reduce the number of production units and spares used in the
calculation of overall profit margins. While the previous methods of applying
the Company's accounting principles were in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP), the changed policies are preferable. The
application of these policies produces program and contract estimates that are
based on shorter delivery periods, allowing a better matching of revenues and
expenses. The cumulative effect of these changes for the periods through July
31, 1992 was a charge of $219.7 million, net of income tax benefits of $136.3
million. The effect of these changes on the year ended July 31, 1993 was to
increase the net loss before the cumulative effect of the changes in accounting
principles by $24.6 million ($1.37 per average common share), net of income tax
benefits of $15.3 million.
In accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 20, "Accounting
Changes," pro forma amounts are shown for net loss and net loss per average
share of common stock for all prior periods presented. The pro forma amounts
presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the retroactive
application of these accounting changes, net of income tax benefits (which were
allocated ratably over the pro forma restated periods) for each period
presented. Primarily as a result of these changes, excess-over-average
inventory decreased from $323.7 million at July 31, 1992 to $75.4 million at
July 31, 1993. Pre-production inventory also decreased from $258.4 million at
July 31, 1992 to $181.0 million at July 31, 1993, primarily as a result of the
accounting changes. See "Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements--Note
4."
31
<PAGE>
In the third quarter of fiscal 1993, the Company also adopted, effective
August 1, 1992, SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Post-Retirement
Benefits Other than Pensions." The accumulated post-retirement benefit
obligation for active employees and retirees was recorded using the immediate
recognition transition option. See "Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements--Note 9b." This standard requires companies to accrue the expected
cost of providing health care benefits to retired employees and their
dependents during the employees' service periods. The Company previously
charged the cost of providing these benefits on a pay-as-you-go basis. The
cumulative effect of this change for the periods through July 31, 1992, was a
charge of $4.3 million, net of income tax benefits of $2.7 million. The effect
of the change on the year ended July 31, 1993 was not material.
In the third quarter of fiscal 1993, the Company also adopted, effective
August 1, 1992, SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." See "Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements--Note 6." The cumulative effect of this
change for periods through July 31, 1992, was not material by itself. However,
under this standard, the Company recorded a substantial net deferred tax asset
as a result of the other changes in accounting principles and certain other
charges recorded in the year ended July 31, 1993. See "Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements--Note 6."
The combined effect of adopting the new accounting changes for the year ended
July 31, 1993 was a charge to net income of $24.6 million ($1.37 per average
common share). The cumulative effect through July 31, 1992 of adopting the new
accounting changes was a one-time charge of $224.0 million, net of income taxes
($12.50 per average common share), with a corresponding reduction in
shareholders' equity. As a result of adopting the accounting changes, combined
with the results of operations for the year ended July 31, 1993, the Company
reported a loss of $254.5 million ($14.21 per average common share).
The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 112, Employers' Accounting for Post-Employment
Benefits. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1993 and requires employers to recognize the obligation to provide
post-employment benefits to former or inactive employees, their beneficiaries,
and covered dependents, when certain conditions are met. The Company does not
expect there to be a material adverse effect on its financial position or
results of operations in the year of adoption.
INCOME TAXES
First Six Months of Fiscal 1994
The Company provided $3.1 million for income taxes during the first six
months of fiscal year 1994, offset by a tax benefit of $2.8 million due to the
change in federal tax rates under the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of
1993. The Company's deferred tax asset of $102.6 million remained substantially
unchanged from the amount at July 31, 1993 but is expected to increase by
approximately $30 million due to increased pension liability by the end of
fiscal year 1994. See "Risk Factors--Underfunded Pension Plans," "Risk
Factors--Deferred Tax Asset" and "--Liquidity and Capital Resources." Based on
currently available information, the Company believes that sufficient future
taxable income will be generated to fully utilize the increased deferred tax
asset. The Company's ability to utilize its deferred tax asset is discussed in
greater detail below.
The IRS has audited the Company's tax returns through fiscal 1985. In fiscal
1993, the IRS issued a Revenue Agent's Report challenging the Company's
adoption in 1984 of the completed contract method of accounting ("CCMA"), the
Company's tax deduction for funding liabilities related to a Voluntary Employee
Benefit Association ("VEBA") and certain other matters. The Company filed a
protest with the Appeals Office of the IRS and, subsequent to the end of the
second quarter of fiscal 1994, the IRS conceded that the Company was entitled
to use CCMA. The Company is negotiating a resolution of the remaining
adjustment issues with the IRS. The Company believes that the resolution
32
<PAGE>
of these remaining issues will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company and its financial position, even if the IRS were to prevail with
respect to all of such issues.
Fiscal 1993
In the third quarter of fiscal 1993, the Company adopted, effective August 1,
1992, SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." This standard requires the
recognition of future tax benefits, predicated upon current tax law,
attributable to tax credit carryforwards, temporary differences, and NOLs that
will result in deductible amounts in the future. The value of the tax asset is
effectively reduced through the establishment of a valuation allowance if,
based on the weight of available evidence, it is "more likely than not" that
some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
When tax effected at July 31, 1993 tax rates, the Company's deductible
temporary differences, tax credit carryforwards and NOLs result in a deferred
tax asset of $103.0 million, consisting of $85.3 million for federal tax
purposes and $17.7 million for state tax purposes. Based on tax rates in effect
on July 31, 1993, the Company must generate approximately $271 million of
future taxable income (net of $233 million of taxable income that the Company
will report as a result of the automatic reversal of existing taxable temporary
differences between asset and liability values for financial reporting and
income tax purposes) prior to the expiration of the Company's NOLs in 2003
through 2008 for full realization of the net deferred tax asset. The Company
believes it will be able to generate, on average, at least $27 million in net
income for each of the next 10 years, in order to fully utilize the deferred
tax asset (assuming all temporary differences between asset and liability
values for financial reporting and income tax purposes reverse during that
period). This level of net income would be $57.6 million in excess of reported
fiscal 1993 net loss of $30.6 million before the effect of the accounting
changes.
The ultimate realization of the Company's deferred tax asset is dependent
upon the generation of sufficient future taxable income during the available
federal and state NOL carryforward periods. Although the Company has reported
taxable losses during recent fiscal years primarily as a result of the
significant non-recurring events described below, management expects that a
sufficient level of taxable income will result in years subsequent to fiscal
1993 and prior to the expiration of the NOLs to realize the deferred tax asset
recorded at July 31, 1993. The Company's long-term contracts and programs
require long range sales and profit forecasts, but also provide the Company
opportunities to generate future taxable income necessary to realize the
deferred tax asset recorded. Following is a summary of the positive evidence
which leads the Company to believe that a valuation allowance is not necessary,
as it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized:
. During fiscal years 1990 through 1993, there were a number of highly
unusual and unpredictable events and other industry factors that caused
the Company to have poor financial results. These items are generally
described below.
The aerospace industry was experiencing unprecedented growth in the
late 1980s and through 1991. The Company was required to deliver its
products more rapidly and was involved in several new product
development efforts for a number of engine nacelles and pylons. The
Company added a significant number of engineers to handle design
changes for new products under development, and experienced even
greater engineering demands due mostly to difficulties in changing the
PW4000 nacelle from the Airbus A300/A310 configuration to the new MD-
11 configuration and in developing the MD-11 pylon.
The Company's rapid expansion of its work force, introduction of new
programs and start-up of satellite facilities were extremely
disruptive and cost consuming. As the Company worked to produce
initial units under new programs, a substantial portion of work was
being performed by relatively inexperienced employees. Additionally,
there were significant start-up costs in relocating production among
facilities. The Company also experienced difficulties on its
government programs as a result of disagreements over redefined
acceptance criteria.
33
<PAGE>
. The conditions leading to an expanding work force, transfers to satellite
plants and heavy use of engineers on new programs have drastically
changed. Currently, the Company and the industry are in a downturn with
orders being delayed and/or cancelled. The Company has been downsizing
and will continue to do so in response to the market. Management has
implemented and will continue to make significant cost reductions in
response to the industry downturn in order to enhance overall
profitability. Additionally, the Company should be able to utilize its
resources in a more balanced and stable manner. Engineering needs have
been drastically reduced as most of the programs that were in the
development stage throughout the late 1980s and early 1990s have been
introduced to the market. Significant design costs for new product
development are not anticipated over the next several years.
. The Company's direct sales of spare parts to the airlines are expected to
increase as nacelle programs on which the Company sells spare parts
directly to the airlines mature. Generally, the Company earns a higher
margin on the direct sales of spare parts to airlines than it does on the
sales of spare parts to prime contractors (for resale to the airlines).
Prices for direct spare part sales are higher than prices for spare parts
sold to prime contracts, in part, because of additional costs related to
the technical and customer support activities provided to the airlines.
. The Company's assets present significant opportunities to accelerate
taxable income into the NOL carryforward period. Tax planning strategies
such as leveraged lease transactions, the sale-leaseback of certain
property, the revision of depreciation methods for tax purposes and
reductions in foreign sales corporation commissions could generate
taxable income of approximately $16 million, $32 million, $28 million and
$35 million, respectively.
The following table shows the taxable income that will need to be generated
over the next 20 years in order to realize the deferred tax asset:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
5-YEAR TIME INTERVAL
---------------------------------------
1994-98 1999-2003 2004-08 2009 & BEYOND
------- --------- ------- -------------
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
NOLs................................... $ 0 $27 $159 $ 0
Tax credits............................ 0 14 8 0
Future deductible temporary differ-
ences................................. 0 0 0 296
--- --- ---- ----
Total.............................. $ 0 $41 $167 $296
=== === ==== ====
</TABLE>
Future deductible temporary differences begin to reverse in fiscal 1994.
Taxable income needed to realize the portion of the deferred tax asset related
to future deductible temporary differences will need to be generated before the
end of the 15-year period following the reversal of those temporary
differences.
The availability of the Company's NOLs may be limited under the Tax Reform
Act of 1986 as a result of changes that may occur in the ownership of the
Company's stock in the future, principally relating to a change in control.
Management has considered this factor in reaching its conclusion that it is
"more likely than not" that future taxable income will be sufficient to realize
fully the deferred tax asset reflected on the Balance Sheet.
34
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
GENERAL
The Company designs, develops, manufactures, sells and supports complete
nacelle and pylon systems for large aircraft engines. The Company has over 50
years of experience in the aerospace industry and is the leading independent
supplier of nacelle and pylon systems to the world's major commercial airframe
and engine manufactures ("OEMs"). Rohr manages projects from the early design
stage through production and systems integration to lifetime customer support.
In addition, the Company has the right to provide customer and product support
directly to approximately 145 airlines around the world, including on-site
field services and the sale of spare parts.
Nacelles are aerodynamic structures which surround and attach jet engines to
aircraft. A nacelle system generally includes the nose cowl or inlet, fan cowl,
nozzle systems, thrust reverser and engine build-up. Pylons (sometimes referred
to as struts) are structures that attach the jet engines to the aircraft.
Nacelle and pylon systems are highly engineered, critical to fuel efficiency
and integral to all of the key interfaces between the jet engine and the
airframe.
The Company believes that it is competitively well-positioned in its core
business. Management estimates that the Company supplied, by value,
approximately 45% of the nacelle systems and 25% of the pylons for all large
commercial aircraft produced worldwide in 1993, including products represented
on the Boeing 737, 747, 757 and 767, the Airbus A300, A310, A320, A321, A330
and A340, and the McDonnell Douglas MD-80, and MD-11. The Company attributes
its strong market position to its leading technologies, its focus on a narrow
product line and its competitive cost structure. Management believes that this
market position is protected by (i) long-term contracts including some life-of-
program agreements, (ii) substantial costs for the airframe or engine OEMs to
change supply sources, (iii) significant up-front design, development, tooling
and certification costs which must be borne before production on a program may
begin and (iv) a strong reluctance by airlines to support different nacelle
systems manufactured by more than one supplier in their fleets.
MARKETS
Commercial Airline Industry
Commercial airlines' demand for new aircraft is highly dependent upon
consumer demand for air travel, stability of fuel and ticket prices,
replacement of older aircraft (which is influenced by the time required for,
and the economics of, compliance with noise and maintenance regulations), the
availability of temporarily deactivated aircraft, and the financial
capabilities of the airlines and leasing companies to accept ordered aircraft
and to exercise aircraft purchase options. Such demands and capabilities
historically have been related to the stability and health of the United States
and world economies. Since the production of aircraft can take up to two years,
production in the aircraft manufacturing industry (including production by
subcontractors such as the Company) can lag behind changes in the general
economy.
In 1990 through 1992, airlines' passenger capacity increased rapidly as the
commercial aircraft industry produced record numbers of aircraft, peaking with
830 aircraft in 1991. During this same period, the United States and world
economies experienced recession and slow growth, United States scheduled
airlines reported operating losses averaging approximately $2 billion per year,
while non-United States scheduled airlines reported significantly reduced
profits. In 1991, United States and world airline passenger traffic decreased
by 1.9% and 2.8%, respectively. This was the first year in the history of the
industry that world airline passenger traffic had decreased. As a result of
these conditions, orders for new aircraft slowed substantially and some
existing orders and options for new commercial aircraft were cancelled or
rescheduled to later dates.
35
<PAGE>
In 1993, United States scheduled airlines achieved approximately $1 billion
of operating profit. In addition, world airline passenger traffic grew by 6.9%
in 1992 and 4.5% in 1993. Industry analysts have predicted that worldwide
airline passenger traffic will grow approximately 5% to 6% per year over the
long-term.
The following table sets forth the worldwide revenue passenger miles ("RPMs")
and the percentage growth in RPMs, as reported in the March 1993 Boeing Current
Market Outlook--World Market Demand and Airplane Supply Requirements, and the
number of commercial aircraft (over 100 passengers), as reflected in Boeing
World Jet Airplane Inventory Year-End 1992 (after adjustment for deliveries of
aircraft to the military), delivered during each of the last 15 calendar years.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMERCIAL
AIRCRAFT
PERCENT (OVER 100
WORLD RPMS GROWTH PASSENGERS)
YEAR (IN BILLIONS) IN RPMS DELIVERED
---- ------------- ------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1979................................... 645.4 12.0% 407
1980................................... 652.0 1.0 442
1981................................... 662.4 1.6 431
1982................................... 683.7 3.2 287
1983................................... 714.9 4.6 320
1984................................... 771.2 7.9 265
1985................................... 831.1 7.8 346
1986................................... 888.0 6.8 393
1987................................... 983.9 10.8 418
1988................................... 1061.2 7.9 511
1989................................... 1097.6 3.4 563
1990................................... 1165.7 6.2 671
1991................................... 1133.6 (2.8) 830
1992................................... 1211.8 6.9 785
1993................................... 1298.7(a) 4.5(a) 628(b)
</TABLE>
- --------
(a) Estimated by the Company based upon data for the first eight months of
fiscal 1993 as reported by The Airline Monitor.
(b) Based upon Company estimates.
Commercial Aircraft Manufacturing Industry
As shown above, aircraft deliveries have been declining. The industry
delivered 830 new commercial transport aircraft in 1991, 785 in 1992 and 628 in
1993. In response to the deferral and cancellation of orders from their
customers, airframe and engine manufacturers have rescheduled future production
levels, laid off workers, shortened employee work periods, and passed
production slowdowns on to their suppliers, including the Company. Although
aircraft order backlog remains relatively high, excess capacity currently
exists in the airline industry due to the high number of deliveries in the
early 1990s, unused aircraft which were previously delivered and the weakened
condition of the airline industry. In connection with the current contraction
in the commercial aircraft industry, subcontractors such as the Company have
been experiencing pressures from their customers to reduce prices. The Company,
in turn, is exerting similar pressure on its own suppliers to reduce prices and
thus enable the Company to manufacture products at lower costs. The Company's
commercial airline customers have also reduced their spare parts inventory
levels. The Company expects that orders for and deliveries of commercial
aircraft will continue to be affected through calendar 1995 by the adverse
United States and world economic conditions which existed in recent periods.
36
<PAGE>
Government Sales
The Company's government business is declining as a result of the completion
of older production programs and, in the case of the Titan rocket motor casing
program, reduced demand. Government business represented 12% of the Company's
sales for the six months ended January 30, 1994, as compared to 13% in fiscal
1993, 14% in fiscal 1992 and 20% in fiscal 1991.
CONTRACTS
Most of the Company's major commercial contracts establish a firm unit price,
subject to cost escalation, over a number of years or, in certain cases, over
the life of the related program. Life-of-program agreements generally entitle
the Company to work as a subcontractor in the program during the entire period
the customer produces its aircraft or engine. While the customer retains the
right to terminate these long-term and life-of-program arrangements, there are
generally significant costs for doing so.
The Company's long-term contracts generally contain escalation clauses for
revising prices based on published indices which reflect increases in material
and labor costs. Furthermore, in almost all cases, when a customer orders
production schedule revisions (outside of a range provided in the contract) or
design changes, the contract price is subject to adjustment. These long-term
contracts provide the Company with an opportunity to obtain increased profits
if the Company can improve production efficiencies over time, and the potential
for significant losses if it cannot produce the product for the agreed upon
price.
The Company's other commercial contracts generally provide a fixed price for
a specified number of units which, in many cases, are to be delivered over a
specified period of time. Under these contracts, prices are re-negotiated for
each new order. As a result, the Company has the opportunity to negotiate price
increases for subsequent units ordered if production costs are higher than
expected. The Company's customers, however, may seek price reductions from the
Company in connection with any new orders they place.
On its longer-term contracts, the Company bases initial production prices on
estimates of the average cost for a portion of the units which it and its
customer believe will be ordered. Generally, production costs on initial units
are substantially higher during the early years of a new contract or program,
when the efficiencies resulting from learning are not yet fully realized, and
decline as the program matures. Learning typically occurs on a program as tasks
and production techniques become more efficient through repetition of the same
manufacturing operation and as management implements actions to simplify
product design and improve tooling and manufacturing techniques. If the
customer orders fewer than the expected number of units within a specified time
period, certain of the Company's contracts have repricing clauses which
increase the prices for units that have already been delivered. However, other
contracts do not include such repricing provisions and force the Company to
bear certain market risks. The Company analyzed the potential market for the
products under such contracts and agreed to prices based on its estimate of the
average costs for the units it expected to deliver under the program.
Many of the Company's contracts have provided for the recovery of a specified
amount of nonrecurring, pre-production costs, consisting primarily of design
and tooling costs. In some cases, a significant portion of such pre-production
costs have been advanced by the customer. However, in negotiating some
contracts, the Company has agreed to defer recovery of pre-production costs and
instead to recover a certain amount of such costs with the sale of each
production unit over an agreed number of production units plus spare
equivalents. In addition, on some of these contracts, based on its analysis of
the potential market for the products covered by such contracts, the Company
agreed to amortize pre-production costs over a number of units which was larger
than the anticipated initial fabrication orders without the protection of a
repricing clause or guaranteed quantities of orders. On
37
<PAGE>
other commercial contracts, the Company receives advance payments with orders,
or other progress or advance payments, which assist the Company in meeting its
working capital requirements for inventories. In government contracts, the
Company receives progress payments for both pre-production and inventory costs.
To reduce its pre-production and inventory requirements and market risks, the
Company has subcontracted substantial portions of several of its programs. See
"--Subcontractors."
In accordance with practices in the aircraft industry, most of the Company's
commercial orders and contracts are subject to termination at the convenience
of the customer and on many programs the tooling and design prepared by the
Company are either owned by the customer or may be purchased by it at a nominal
cost. The contracts generally provide, upon termination of firm orders, for
reimbursement of costs incurred by the Company, plus a reasonable profit on the
work performed. The costs of terminating an entire contract or program can be
significantly greater for the customer than the costs of terminating specific
firm orders. All of the Company's government contracts are subject to
termination at the convenience of the government. In such a situation, the
Company is entitled to recover the costs it incurred prior to termination, plus
a reasonable profit on the work performed. If a government contract is
terminated for default, the government's remedies against the Company are
similar to those for breach of a commercial contract.
PRODUCTS
General
The Company designs and manufactures nacelle systems, nacelle components,
pylons, non-rotating components for jet engines, and other components for
commercial, military and business aircraft. A nacelle system generally includes
the nose cowl or inlet, fan cowl, nozzle systems, thrust reverser and EBU. The
nacelle houses electrical, mechanical, fluid and pneumatic systems together
with various panels, firewalls and supporting structures; the aircraft engine
(which is provided by the customer); and engine equipment such as electrical
generators, starters, fuel pumps and oil coolers (which are purchased or
customer-furnished). The Company also performs EBU by assembling nacelle
systems and the related electrical, mechanical, fluid and pneumatic systems
onto core aircraft engines.
The following page contains a picture of major propulsion system components,
including the nacelle system, jet engine and pylon.
38
<PAGE>
PROPULSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS
39
<PAGE>
During fiscal 1993, sales to the commercial (including business jets) and
government (military and space) aerospace industries were approximately 87% and
13% of sales, respectively.
Commercial
The Company manufactures nacelle systems (including thrust reversers),
nacelle components and related parts for commercial aircraft pursuant to the
customer's design or to the Company's design based on the customer's
specifications. In addition, beginning in approximately 1985, the Company
expanded its role and became a systems integrator for nacelle systems on
several programs, with responsibility for the integration and management of the
design, tooling, manufacture and delivery of the complete nacelle system.
Approximately 85% of the existing commercial aircraft fleet contain one or more
Company products as part of their nacelle, thrust reverser or pylon systems.
The following tables identify all of the large commercial aircraft currently
in production or committed to production, list all of the engine options
available on such aircraft, and identify with an "X" the components which the
Company delivers on each aircraft and engine combination.
CURRENT NARROW-BODY AIRCRAFT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NACELLE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOSE FAN CORE NOZZLE THRUST
AIRCRAFT ENGINE COWL COWL COWL & PLUG EBU REVERSER PYLON
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Boeing 737-3/4/500 CFM56-3 X X .
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Boeing 737-700 CFM56-7 * * .
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Boeing 757 RB211-535 X . X X X
------------------------------------------------------
PW2037 X
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
McDonnell Douglas MD-80/-87 JT8D-209/-217 X X . . X X X
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
McDonnell Douglas MD-90 V2500 X X . X X X
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Airbus A319 CFM56-5 X X . X X X
------------------------------------------------------
V2500 X X . X X X
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Airbus A320 CFM56-5 X X . X X X
------------------------------------------------------
V2500 X X . X X X
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Airbus A321 CFM56-5 X X . X X X
------------------------------------------------------
V2500 X X . X X X
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
British Aerospace BAe 146 ALF502
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fokker 100 RR TAY
</TABLE>
* The Company is negotiating with Boeing to supply these components under a
directed procurement.
. This nacelle configuration does not contain this component.
40
<PAGE>
CURRENT WIDE-BODY AIRCRAFT
------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NACELLE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOSE FAN CORE NOZZLE THRUST
AIRCRAFT ENGINE COWL COWL COWL & PLUG EBU REVERSER PYLON
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Boeing 747 CF6-80C X X X
---------------------------------------------------
PW4000
---------------------------------------------------
RB211-524G X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Boeing 767 CF6-80C X X X
---------------------------------------------------
PW4000
---------------------------------------------------
RB211-524H X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Boeing 777 GE90 X
---------------------------------------------------
PW4084
---------------------------------------------------
TRENT 800
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Airbus A300 CF6-80C X X X X
---------------------------------------------------
PW4000 X X . X X X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Airbus A310 CF6-80C X X X X
---------------------------------------------------
PW4000 X X . X X X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Airbus A330 CF6-80E X X X X
---------------------------------------------------
PW4168
---------------------------------------------------
TRENT 700 X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Airbus A340 CFM56-5C2 X X . X X X
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
McDonnell Douglas MD-11 CF6-80C2 X X X X X
---------------------------------------------------
PW4000 X X . X X X X
</TABLE>
This nacelle configuration does not contain this component.
41
<PAGE>
Principal Programs
- ------------------
The following descriptions provide more information on certain of the
Company's major programs. For more detailed financial data (including the
amounts of pre-production and excess-over average inventories at January 30,
1994) for certain programs, see "Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements--Note 4."
A340
The Company's 1989 contract with CFM International, the manufacturer of the
jet engine used on the Airbus A340, is a life-of-program contract. The Company
has delivered 182 production units to CFM International through January 30,
1994. The Company's contract establishes prices for the entire contract period,
subject to adjustment based on labor and material cost changes in the industry,
for each nacelle delivered. If the Company does not recover a contractually
specified amount of its nonrecurring costs by June 1997, CFM International will
reimburse it for the unamortized portion of such costs (and, correspondingly,
the Company will reimburse its subcontractors for the unamortized portions of
their investments, to contractually specified amounts, in nonrecurring tooling
and design). Although the contract provides for the recovery of recurring costs
over 600 units, CFM International only guaranteed the recovery of such costs
for the first 200 units. Accordingly, if the Company sells fewer than 600
units, it would not have manufactured enough units to bring its costs down to
anticipated levels and in such case would not recover all of its recurring
manufacturing costs. This is the only nacelle installed on the A340 aircraft.
The Company acts as the systems integrator on this program and has
subcontracted most of the A340 nacelle production to third parties. Generally,
the Company's subcontractors have assumed the market risk associated with the
failure to sell sufficient units to permit full recovery of all of their
manufacturing costs if less than 600 units are delivered. The Company performs
engine build-up for the CFM International engine used with this nacelle at its
factory in Toulouse, France. The Company has the right to sell A340 nacelle
spare parts directly to the airlines.
CF6-80C
Under the contract for the CF6-80C nacelle program entered in 1982 with
General Electric, the Company supplies the nacelle system, excluding the thrust
reverser, nozzle and plug, for installation with the General Electric CF6-80C
engine on the Airbus A300 and A310 and the McDonnell Douglas MD-11. In total,
the Company has delivered 1,499 production units through January 30, 1994. This
is a life-of-program agreement, although General Electric retains the right to
seek bids on the design and production of significantly modified CF6-80C
components. In addition, since 1983, the Company has sold CF6-80C nacelle
components directly to Boeing (under a license agreement with General Electric)
for installation with General Electric engines on Boeing 747 and 767 aircraft.
The Company's contract with Boeing runs through 1995; Boeing has an option to
renew the contract at that time. The sales prices to General Electric and
Boeing are established for the life of the program, subject to adjustment based
on material and labor cost changes in the industry. The Company has the right
to sell CF6-80C spare parts directly to the airlines. Although the Company
subcontracts some portion of this contract, most of the production effort is
performed by the Company.
CFM56
The Company acts as a systems integrator to provide the nacelle system to
Airbus for the CFM International engine installed on the A320 and A321 aircraft
and to be installed on the future A319 aircraft. Since entering the contract in
1984, the Company has delivered 626 production CFM56 nacelles through January
30, 1994. As on other programs in which the Company acts as systems integrator,
the Company subcontracts a major portion of the CFM56 nacelle system effort to
third parties. The Company also manufactures the inlet barrels for the nacelle.
It also performs engine build-up for this engine and nacelle combination at its
factory in Toulouse, France and intends to perform
42
<PAGE>
engine build-up for a version of this engine and nacelle combination at its
factory in Hamburg, Germany. The Company's sales prices to Airbus are
determined for a combined total of 2,000 units, subject to adjustment based on
labor and material cost changes in the industry. The Company has the right to
sell CFM56 nacelle system spare parts directly to airlines.
MD-11
Under its 1988 contract with McDonnell Douglas for the MD-11 pylon, the
Company supplies the wing and tail pylons that attach the General Electric CF6-
80C and Pratt & Whitney PW4000 nacelles onto the McDonnell Douglas MD-11 jumbo
jet. In total, the Company has delivered 364 production units through January
30, 1994. The contract entitles the Company to supply the first 900 pylons
(i.e. 300 shipsets) required by McDonnell Douglas. The contract establishes
prices for the units to be delivered, subject to adjustment based on labor and
material cost changes in the industry. On the basis of its market analysis of
demand for the MD-11 aircraft, the Company accepted certain market risks with
respect to the engineering, development and flight test costs on the MD-11
pylon program. The Company subcontracts the wing pylon structure and
aerodynamic pylon fairings. The Company's subcontractor assumed the market risk
associated with the pre-production costs for the subcontracted work. The
Company produces the tail pylon structure, installs all electrical, hydraulic
and pneumatic systems on the wing and tail pylons and provides pylon product
support (including the sale of spare parts) directly to the airlines who
purchase the MD-11.
MD-90
The Company acts as a systems integrator for the nacelle used with the
International Aero Engines V2500 engine on the McDonnell Douglas MD-90, an
aircraft currently undergoing flight certification. The Company has delivered
only the initial certification units on this program. The first production
units are scheduled for delivery in mid-1994. As with other programs on which
it acts as a systems integrator, the Company subcontracts a substantial portion
of the MD-90 nacelle effort to third parties, retaining production of the
nozzle and other parts and engine build-up services. The Company's 1990
contract with International Aero Engines specifies that the Company shall be
the sole source for the first 750 MD-90 nacelles. The Company's contract
establishes prices, subject to adjustments based on labor and material cost
changes in the industry, for MD-90 nacelles through the year 2010. This is the
only engine and nacelle combination used on the MD-90. Based upon its analysis
of the market for the MD-90, the Company accepted certain market risks in the
contract for this nacelle. As a result, if the Company sells fewer MD-90
nacelles than it assumed for pricing purposes, it would not receive sufficient
payments from International Aero Engines to offset its pre-production costs and
would not receive retroactive price increases to compensate it for production
costs on delivered units that are higher than expected average production costs
over the life of the program. The Company's subcontractors on the MD-90 nacelle
have assumed those market risks associated with pre-production and higher-than-
average initial production costs on the components they manufacture. The
Company has the right to sell MD-90 nacelle spare parts directly to the
airlines.
PW4000
Under the PW4000 nacelle program, the Company produces substantially the
entire nacelle system, including thrust reverser (except for the tail fan cowl
for the MD-11, which is subcontracted). An existing contract was amended in
1985 to include this program, and the Company has delivered 556 production
units to its customer, Pratt & Whitney, through January 30, 1994. The Company
is currently developing design changes intended to result in cost savings on
this program. The PW4000 nacelle is installed on the Airbus A300 and A310 and
the McDonnell Douglas MD-11. The Company has the right to produce PW4000
nacelles through 2002 and has negotiated prices, subject to adjustment based on
cost changes in the industry, through the 1,117th unit (or through the year
2002,
43
<PAGE>
if sooner). The contract provides for an equitable price adjustment if 500
units are not delivered after January 1993 and prior to December 31, 2002. The
Company sells PW4000 spare parts to Pratt & Whitney, which remarkets them to
the airlines.
RB211-535
Since entering a production contract with Rolls-Royce in 1978, the Company
has delivered approximately 708 production units of the RB211-535 nacelle
through January 30, 1994. The Company manufactures substantially all of the
components under this program, which includes the fan cowl, nozzle and plug and
thrust reverser for installation on Boeing 757 aircraft. Under the contract,
the Company has the right to produce the nacelle through the earlier of January
2001 or the delivery of 1,000 units. The Company's contract gives it the right
to compete to produce variations of RB211-535 nacelle components for
installation on other aircraft. It is possible that the RB211-535 engine and
nacelle may be installed as replacement equipment on the Tupolov 204 to improve
its performance and efficiency. The Company's contract with Rolls-Royce
establishes prices for the entire contract period, subject to adjustment based
on labor and material cost changes in the industry. The Company has the right
to sell RB211-535 nacelle spare parts directly to the airlines.
V2500
The Company also acts as a systems integrator on the nacelle it provides for
the International Aero Engines V2500 engine. It subcontracts a major portion of
the V2500 nacelle effort to third parties. The Company manufactures the thrust
reverser inner fixed structure and the nozzle and plug, and performs engine
build-up for this engine and nacelle combination at its factories in Toulouse,
France and Hamburg, Germany. This engine and nacelle combination is installed
on the Airbus A320 and A321 aircraft. Since entering the contract in 1985, the
Company has delivered 327 production V2500 nacelles to International Aero
Engines through January 30, 1994. The Company's sales prices to International
Aero Engines are established for the entire contract period, subject to
adjustment based on labor and material cost changes in the industry. Based upon
its analysis of the market for this engine and nacelle combination, the Company
accepted certain market risks in the contract for this nacelle. As a result, if
the Company sells fewer V2500 nacelles than it assumed for pricing purposes, it
may not receive sufficient payments from International Aero Engines to offset
its pre-production costs (primarily tooling and design). In addition, the
Company would have delivered units at prices below the expected average
production costs over the life of the program and may not receive retroactive
price increases on the delivered units to reflect their actual costs. The
Company's subcontractors on the V2500 nacelle have assumed those market risks
associated with pre-production and higher-than-average initial production costs
for the components they manufacture. The contract, which was entered into in
March of 1985, provides that it may be terminated by either party upon two
years' written notice, but not earlier than ten years from the contract date.
In accordance with that provision, the Company has notified International Aero
Engines that it will not continue the program under the current contractual
terms for orders received after mid-year 1995. The Company and International
Aero Engines are discussing possible alternative contractual arrangements under
which the Company would continue on this program. The Company has the right to
sell V2500 nacelle spare parts directly to the airlines.
Government (Military and Space)
For military aircraft, the Company manufactures nacelles for the Lockheed
Corporation ("Lockheed") C-130 propjet transport aircraft and nacelle
components for re-engining of existing Boeing KC-135 military aerial refueling
tankers. For the U.S. space program, the Company is delivering solid fuel
rocket motor nozzles and insulated casings for boosters which are used on the
Titan Space Launch Vehicle.
44
<PAGE>
Spare Parts
The Company sells spare parts for both commercial and military aircraft,
including those for aircraft in use but no longer in production. Such sales
were approximately $227 million in fiscal 1991, $192 million in fiscal 1992,
$169 million in fiscal 1993 and $66 million in the first six months of fiscal
1994. The Company generally attributes recent reductions in spares sales to the
surplus aircraft in the current marketplace. As a result of such surplus,
aircraft deliveries have declined and the initial spares sold to support newly
delivered aircraft have also declined. In addition, airlines are maintaining
lower spares levels; the existence of surplus aircraft has reduced the need for
spares supplies sufficient to keep an airline's entire fleet in operation.
Also, improved production quality appears to have reduced spares requirements.
Historically, the Company has sold spare parts for commercial programs to
airframe or engine manufacturers which then resold them to the end user.
However, in recent years, under certain programs, the Company has acquired the
right from its customers to sell spare parts directly to airlines (although on
certain programs royalty payments to its customers are required). The contracts
that grant these rights to the Company generally require that the Company
provide technical and product support directly to the airlines. Thus, the
Company has the right to provide customer and product support directly to
approximately 145 airlines worldwide. The Company's direct sales of spare parts
to the airlines are expected to increase in the future as nacelle programs on
which the Company sells spare parts directly to the airlines mature and as the
aircraft using those nacelles age. Generally, the Company earns a higher margin
on the direct sale of spare parts to airlines than it does on the sale of spare
parts to prime contractors (for resale to the airlines). Prices for direct
spare part sales are higher than prices for spare parts sold to prime
contractors, in part, because of additional costs related to the technical and
customer support activities provided to the airlines. The Company's direct
sales of spare parts as a percentage of total sales of spare parts were 48.7%,
36.6%, 27.4% and 18.8% in the first half of fiscal 1994 and in fiscal 1993,
1992 and 1991, respectively.
PROGRAM FUNDING
The highly competitive nature of the aerospace market has required the
Company to commit substantial financial resources, largely for working capital,
to participate with its customers on certain long-term programs. Those working
capital requirements consist primarily of nonrecurring pre-production costs
such as design and tooling, recurring costs for inventories and accounts
receivable.
In some cases, a significant portion of the pre-production costs have been
advanced by the customer. However, in negotiating some contracts, the Company
has agreed to defer recovery of pre-production costs and instead to recover a
certain amount of such costs with the sale of each production unit over an
agreed number of production units plus spares equivalents. On some commercial
contracts, the Company receives advance payments with orders, or other progress
or advance payments, which assist the Company in meeting its working capital
requirements for inventories. In government contracts, the Company receives
progress payments for both pre-production and inventory costs. To reduce both
its pre-production funding requirements and the build-up of program
inventories, the Company has entered into agreements with subcontractors to
provide a portion of the program funding needs and has subcontracted to these
entities substantial portions of many of its programs. See "--Subcontractors."
Advances and progress payments have varied in the past and are subject to
change in the future based on changes in both commercial and government
procurement practices and governmental regulations. Any future change could
affect the Company's need for program funding.
Accounts receivable balances vary in accordance with various payment terms
and other factors including the periodic receipt of large payments from
customers for reimbursement of nonrecurring costs or for amounts which had been
deferred pending aircraft certification.
45
<PAGE>
Given the large number of major commercial aircraft programs introduced since
1985, and the present industry environment, the Company expects few new
programs to be introduced within the next several years and, accordingly, the
Company believes that its financing requirements for new programs have been
reduced as compared to prior periods.
The Company's primary sources of program funding have been funds generated
from operations and borrowings. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital
Resources."
MANUFACTURING
The Company's products are manufactured and assembled at its facilities in
the United States and Europe by an experienced workforce. The Company considers
its facilities and equipment generally to be in good operating condition and
adequate for the purpose for which they are being used. In addition, it has a
substantial number of raw material suppliers and numerous subcontractors to
produce components, and in some cases, major assemblies.
The Company has state-of-the-art capabilities, and one of the largest
capacities in the aircraft industry, for metal and composite bonding of
lightweight honeycomb panels used in its nacelles, pylons and thrust reversers.
In its bonding process, the Company uses autoclaves (industrial ovens), which
are up to 20 feet in diameter and 35 feet long, to cure adhesives and
composites under controlled pressures up to 20 atmospheres and temperatures up
to 850 degrees Fahrenheit. The Company also employs other heavy equipment, such
as fluid forming presses which use highly pressurized oil to form sheet metal
against single-sided dies at pressures up to 20,000 pounds per square inch and
other traditional hydraulic forming equipment, to create the highly specialized
parts used in its products. The Company uses state-of-the-art superplastic
forming to heat metal until it is pliable and then to form it under gas
pressure into a complex part; utilizes advanced laser cutting in a variety of
applications; and has established modern assembly operations in its satellite
plants.
The Company's European final assembly sites, which are located adjacent to
the Company's major European customer, Airbus, allow the Company to respond
quickly to this customer's needs. The Company believes that these European
sites provide it with advantages in obtaining certain contracts with Airbus
because they allow the Company to perform a portion of the required work in
Europe.
PRINCIPAL CUSTOMERS
Rohr conducts substantial business with each of the three major commercial
airframe manufacturers: Boeing, Airbus and McDonnell Douglas. In addition, Rohr
conducts business with each of the major commercial jet engine manufacturers:
General Electric, Rolls-Royce, Pratt & Whitney, CFM International (a
corporation jointly owned by General Electric and Societe Nationale d'Etude et
de Construction de Moteurs d'Aviation) and International Aero Engines (a
corporation owned by Rolls-Royce, Pratt & Whitney, Fiat Aviazione, SpA,
Japanese Aero Engines Corporation and MTU Motoren und Turbinen Union Munchen
GmbH). With respect to government (military and spares) sales, the Company's
major customers include Boeing, Lockheed, United Technologies Corporation
(Chemical Systems Division) and the United States government.
46
<PAGE>
The Company's direct sales to its major customers, including related program
spares, expressed as a percentage of total sales, during the following periods
are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
SIX MONTHS ENDED JULY 31,
----------------------- ----------------
JANUARY 30, JANUARY 31,
1994 1993 1993 1992 1991
----------- ----------- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Pratt & Whitney....................... 17% 19% 17% 15% 16%
General Electric...................... 16 12 14 12 12
International Aero Engines............ 15 8 9 7 4
CFM International..................... 9 8 8 2 --
McDonnell Douglas..................... 8 13 11 18 14
Boeing................................ 8 11 11 15 14
Rolls-Royce........................... 8 6 8 7 8
Lockheed.............................. 4 2 3 3 3
Airbus Industrie...................... 2 8 6 8 12
U.S. Government*...................... 1 1 1 2 4
Grumman............................... 0 0 0 1 6
Other................................. 12 12 12 10 7
--- --- --- --- ---
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
</TABLE>
- --------
* Total sales to the U.S. Government (including direct sales and indirect
sales through prime contractors) accounted for 12%, 11%, 13%, 14% and 20%
for the first six months in fiscal 1994 and 1993, and in fiscal 1993,
1992 and 1991, respectively.
The Company's percentage of total sales by customer varies from period to
period based upon the mix of products delivered in such periods.
Commercial products sold by the Company to jet engine manufacturers are
ultimately installed on aircraft produced by one of the three major commercial
airframe manufacturers. Sales to foreign customers accounted for 23%, 25%,
25%, 22% and 21% for the first six months of fiscal 1994 and 1993, and for
fiscal 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
BACKLOG
The Company's backlog is significant to its business because the production
of most Company products involves a long lead time from order to shipment
date. Firm backlog represents the sales price of all undelivered units for
which the Company has fabrication authority. Firm backlog includes units
ordered by a customer although the Company and the customer have not yet
agreed upon a sales price. In such cases, the Company records in backlog an
amount it believes (based upon all available information) is a reasonable
price estimate. The Company also reports anticipated backlog, which represents
the sales price of units which the Company expects (based upon all available
information) that its customers will order under existing contracts and the
Company will deliver within the next seven years.
The Company's firm backlog at January 30, 1994, was approximately $1.3
billion, compared to $1.4 billion at July 31, 1993. Of such backlog,
approximately $0.4 billion is scheduled for delivery on or before July 31,
1994, with the balance to be delivered in subsequent periods. A portion of the
Company's expected sales from January 30, 1994, through July 31, 1994, is not
included in firm backlog. Anticipated backlog approximated $2.7 billion at
January 30, 1994 compared to $2.6 billion at July 31, 1993.
All of the Company's firm and anticipated backlog is subject to termination
or rescheduling at the customer's convenience. The Company's contracts
generally provide for reimbursement of costs incurred, plus a reasonable
profit on such costs, with respect to any firm orders that are terminated.
Historically, it has been rare for a customer to cancel units in firm backlog
because of its obligations to the Company with respect to such units and its
obligations to suppliers of components other than nacelles and pylons, who
frequently are producing concurrently components for use with the units
ordered from the Company.
47
<PAGE>
MARKET SHARE AND COMPETITION
The Company believes that, based upon its estimates of market values, it
supplied approximately 45% of the nacelle, thrust reverser and engine build-up
products (approximately 70% excluding products produced by Boeing for its own
aircraft), and over 25% of the jet engine pylons (approximately 90% excluding
pylons produced by Boeing and a partner of Airbus for Boeing and Airbus
aircraft, respectively), delivered to the commercial aircraft market in 1993.
The Company's share of these market segments includes the value of products
produced by the Company's subcontractors and is subject to fluctuation each
year depending upon the mix of aircraft models delivered to customers.
Approximately 85% of the existing commercial aircraft fleet contain one or more
Company products on their nacelle, thrust reverser or pylon systems. The
Company sells products and services to the three major commercial airframe
manufacturers, to the five major jet engine manufacturers and, in the case of
spare parts and certain product support services, to a substantial number of
airlines. The Company's commercial products represented 87% of its business in
the fiscal year ended July 31, 1993. Market discussions and references to
aircraft production exclude consideration of the markets in the former U.S.S.R.
Over the next several years, the Company expects its key subcontractors to
produce components and, in some cases, major assemblies, representing
approximately one-third of the value of the products and services to be
delivered by the Company during such period. See "Subcontractors."
The Company's principal competition is Boeing (which in addition to being a
Company customer also manufactures nacelle systems and pylons for its own
aircraft), other significant aerospace corporations who have development and
production experience with respect to portions of the nacelle system and the
companies to whom the Company has subcontracted various components and who
could (and have) bid on contracts in competition with the Company. See "--
Subcontractors." Military aerospace contractors are also potential competitors,
as excess capacity created by reductions in defense spending could cause some
of these contractors to look to expand in commercial markets.
The Company believes that its capabilities and technology, which range from
research and development through component design and testing, flight
certification assistance, component production and integration and airframe
production line assistance, contribute significantly to its market position.
The Company also believes that its contractual rights to participate on
programs for long periods of time or, in some cases, over the life of programs
also contribute to the maintenance of its market position. See "--Contracts."
Even with respect to its shorter term contracts, the Company is very likely
to continue working as a subcontractor for the prime contractors well beyond
the end of the existing shorter term contracts. The Company has long standing
relationships with all of its significant customers. The Company's continued
participation on existing programs provides cost advantages to the prime
contractors because it avoids the cost of disassembling, moving, reassembling
and recalibrating the customized tooling used to manufacture aerospace products
which would be necessary if a program were transferred to a new subcontractor
at the end of a short-term contract. In addition, the delays inherent in such
transfer are likely to disrupt the prime contractor's own production schedule
as the flow of deliveries from the subcontractor is interrupted during the
transfer. It is also generally more expensive for a new subcontractor to begin
producing products in the middle of an existing program than it is for the
Company to continue producing the required products. A new subcontractor's
employees must learn program specific tasks with which the Company's employees
will already be familiar. See "Contracts." As a result of all of these factors,
it is very unusual for a prime contractor to shift a major aerospace
subcontract from one manufacturer to another at the end of a short-term
contract.
Competitive factors include price, quality of product, design and development
capability, ability to consistently achieve scheduled delivery dates,
manufacturing capabilities and capacity, technical
48
<PAGE>
expertise of employees, the desire or lack thereof of airframe and engine
manufacturers to produce certain components in-house, and the willingness, and
increasingly the ability, of the Company and other nacelle manufacturers to
accept financial and other risks in connection with new programs.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
The Company's research and development activities are designed to improve its
existing products and manufacturing processes, to enhance the competitiveness
of its new products, and to broaden the Company's aerospace product base.
Most of its product development is funded through regular production
contracts. The Company developed the world's first all composite nacelle and
its large cascade thrust reverser technology under such contracts. The Company
also performs self-funded research and development through which it developed
proprietary products which control noise and prevent ice formation on nacelles.
The Company seeks research and development contracts from the U.S. government
and from commercial customers in targeted areas of interest such as composite
materials and advanced low-cost processing and joining of new materials. From
time to time, the Company also enters into joint research and development
programs with its customers, such as its existing laminar flow nacelle study,
which seeks to significantly reduce the aerodynamic drag of nacelles and
thereby reduce fuel consumption.
PATENTS AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
The Company has obtained patents and developed proprietary information which
it believes provide it with a competitive advantage. For example, the Company
holds patents on the DynaRohr family of honeycomb sound attenuation structures,
the state-of-the-art RohrSwirl system which prevents ice formation on the
leading edges of nacelles and bonding processes for titanium and other metals.
In addition, the Company has developed proprietary information covering such
matters as nacelle design, sound attenuation, bonding of metallic and advanced
composite structures, material specifications and manufacturing processes. The
Company protects this information through invention agreements and
confidentiality agreements with its employees and other third parties. Although
the Company believes that its patents and proprietary information allow it to
produce superior products, it also believes that the loss of any such patent or
disclosure of any item of proprietary information would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
RAW MATERIALS AND SUPPLIERS
The principal raw materials used by the Company are sheet, plate, rod, bar,
tubing, and extrusions made of aluminum, steel, Inconel and titanium;
electrical wire; rubber; adhesives; and advanced composite products. The
principal purchased components are aircraft engine equipment, custom machined
parts, sheet metal details, and castings and forgings. All of these items are
procured from commercial sources. Supplies of raw materials and purchased parts
historically have been adequate to meet the requirements of the Company.
However, from time to time, shortages have been encountered, particularly
during high industry production and demand. While the Company endeavors to
assure the availability of multiple sources of supply, there are many instances
in which, either because of a customer requirement or the complexity of the
item, the Company may rely on a single source. The failure of any of these
single source suppliers or subcontractors to meet the Company's needs could
seriously delay production on a program. The Company monitors the delivery
performance, product quality and financial health of its critical suppliers,
including all of its single source suppliers. Over the last ten years, which
includes the period from 1987 through 1991 when the Company's sales grew
rapidly, there have been occasions of periodic, short-term delays from
suppliers, but none of these delays has had a material adverse effect on the
Company or its ability to deliver products to its customers.
49
<PAGE>
SUBCONTRACTORS
Both to reduce the burden and risk of program investments, and also in some
cases to participate in foreign programs, the Company has subcontracted the
design, development and production of substantial portions of several of its
major contracts to other foreign and domestic corporations. In return, those
companies provided a portion of the investment and assumed a portion of the
risk associated with various of the Company's contracts. See "--Products--
Commercial," "--Market Share and Competition" and "--Program Funding."
The Company's performance and ultimate profitability on these programs is
dependent on the performance of its subcontractors, including the timeliness
and quality of their work, as well as the ability of the Company to monitor and
manage its subcontractors.
EMPLOYEES
At January 30, 1994, the Company had approximately 5,150 full-time employees,
of whom approximately 1,710 were represented by the International Association
of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, and approximately 190 were represented by
the International Union, United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural
Implement Workers of America. Collective bargaining agreements between the
Company and these labor unions expire on February 11, 1996 and October 29,
1995, respectively. The Company considers its relationship with its employees
generally to be satisfactory.
PROPERTIES
All owned and leased properties of the Company are generally well maintained,
in good operating condition, and adequate and sufficient for the Company's
business. The Company's properties are substantially utilized; however, due to
the downturn in the aerospace industry, the Company has excess manufacturing
capacity. All significant leases (except for leases associated with industrial
revenue bond financings) are renewable at the Company's option on substantially
similar terms, except for increases of rent which must be negotiated in some
cases. See "Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements--Note 8."
50
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the location, principal use, approximate size
and acreage of the Company's major production facilities. Those which are
owned by the Company and it subsidiaries are owned free of material
encumbrances, except as noted below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OWNED LEASED
----------------------- -----------------------
APPROXIMATE APPROXIMATE
TYPE OF SQUARE FEET APPROXIMATE SQUARE FEET APPROXIMATE
FACILITY(1) OF FACILITY ACREAGE OF FACILITY ACREAGE
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Alabama
Fairhope(2)(3)........ A,B 123,000 70.6 -- --
Foley(2).............. A,B 341,000 163.7 -- --
Arkansas
Arkadelphia(4)........ A,B 225,000 65.2 -- --
Heber Springs(2)...... A,B 161,000 70.5 -- --
Sheridan(2)........... A,B 155,000 79.4 -- --
California
Chula Vista........... A,B,C,D 2,789,000 98.5 215,000 78.4
Moreno Valley......... A,B,C 244,000 37.5 -- --
Riverside............. A,B,C,D 1,150,000 75.3 152,000 15.1
France
Toulouse/St. Martin... A,B 132,000 7.0 18,000 3.2
Toulouse/Gramont(2)... A,B 170,000 23.0 -- --
Germany
Hamburg............... A,B 28,000 5.3 -- --
Maryland
Hagerstown(3)(5)...... A,B 423,000 56.8 6,200 --
Texas
San Marcos............ A,B 169,000 55.0 -- --
Washington
Auburn(6)............. A,B 87,000 23.8 -- --
--------- ----- ------- ----
Approximate Totals.... 6,197,000 831.6 391,200 96.7
========= ===== ======= ====
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The letters indicated for each location describe the principal activities
conducted at that location: A-Office; B-Manufacturing; C-Warehouse; and D-
Research and Testing.
(2) Subject to a capital lease.
(3) The Company is in the process of selling or seeking to sell this facility.
(4) The completion of construction of this facility has been deferred.
(5) The Company has announced that it will close this facility.
(6) The Company has sold this facility.
51
<PAGE>
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
The names, ages and positions of the directors and officers of the Company
are set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
- ---- --- --------
<S> <C> <C>
James J. Kerley........... 71 Chairman of the Board
Robert H. Rau............. 57 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Wallace Barnes............ 68 Director
Wallace W. Booth.......... 71 Director
Prof. Eugene E. Covert.... 68 Director
Wayne M. Hoffman.......... 71 Director
Dr. D. Larry Moore........ 57 Director
Robert M. Price........... 63 Director
Dr. William P. Sommers.... 60 Director
Dr. Jack D. Steele........ 69 Director
Laurence A. Chapman....... 45 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
John R. Johnson........... 56 Senior Vice President, Programs and Support
Graydon A. Wetzler........ 52 Senior Vice President, Operations
Richard W. Madsen......... 55 Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Alvin L. Majors........... 53 Vice President and Controller
Ronald M. Miller.......... 49 Vice President and Treasurer
</TABLE>
MR. KERLEY became Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer on January 7, 1993. On April 19, 1993, he relinquished the
title of Chief Executive Officer and on October 31, 1993, he relinquished the
title of Chief Financial Officer when he ceased being an employee of the
Company. He chairs the Finance Committee of the Company's Board of Directors,
is a member of its Nomination and Management Succession Committee, and, as the
non-employee Chairman of the Board, serves on all other committees of the Board
as an ad-hoc, non-voting, member. He retired as Vice Chairman of Emerson
Electric Company, St. Louis, Missouri, at the end of 1985, and from its Board
of Directors in February 1987, positions he had held since September 1981. He
also served as the Chief Financial Officer at Emerson Electric Company from
September 1981 to March 1984 and as the Chief Financial Officer of Monsanto
Company from September 1971 to August 1981. He has served on the Board of
Directors of approximately 25 publicly held companies during his career and
currently serves as a director of Sterling Chemicals, Inc.; Kellwood Company;
ESCO Electronics Corporation, Borg Warner Automotive, Inc. and DTI Industries,
Inc. He has been a director of Rohr since October 1980, and previously served
as a director from June 1976 to February 1980.
MR. RAU was elected President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company in
April 1993. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Rau was an Executive Vice
President of Parker Hannifin Corporation and for the past ten years served as
President of the Parker Bertea Aerospace segment of Parker Hannifin. Parker
Bertea designs and produces a broad line of hydraulic, fuel and pneumatic
systems and components for commercial, military and general aviation aircraft.
He joined Parker Hannifin in 1969, and held positions in finance, program
management and general management. Mr. Rau has extensive experience in the
aerospace industry. In addition, Mr. Rau is a member of the Board of Governors
of the Aerospace Industries Association. He was appointed a director of the
Company in April 1993.
MR. BARNES has been the Chairman of Barnes Group Inc. since March 1977, was
Chief Executive Officer from 1977 to 1991, and served as President of that
company from 1964 to 1977. Barnes Group, headquartered in Bristol, Connecticut,
is a publicly traded Fortune 500 company with three groups involved in
automotive maintenance and repair parts, precision springs and custom metal
parts, and aerospace components for gas turbine engines. He was appointed a
director of the Company in February 1989. He is also a director of Aetna Life &
Casualty Co., Loctite Corporation, Rogers Corp., and BGI. He serves on the
Audit and Ethics Committee of the Company's Board of Directors, its
Compensation and Benefits Committee and its Technology Committee.
52
<PAGE>
MR. BOOTH retired as Chairman of the Board of Ducommun Incorporated, Los
Angeles, California, in December 1988. From June 1978 until July 1988 he served
as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer and a director
of that company. Mr. Booth has been a director of Rohr since February 1982. He
is also a director of Litton Industries, Inc.; First Interstate Bank of
California; and Navistar International Corporation. He is a Trustee of the
University of Chicago. Mr. Booth is also a director of the Children's Bureau
Foundation of Southern California. He serves on the Compensation and Benefits
Committee of the Company's Board of Directors and its Finance Committee.
PROFESSOR COVERT has been a Professor in the Department of Aeronautics and
Astronautics of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge,
Massachusetts, since 1968, and from 1985 to 1990, he served as Department Head.
Professor Covert is also a consultant to a number of major corporations as well
as to agencies of the United States and foreign governments. He is a director
of Allied-Signal Corp. and Physical Sciences, Inc., and a member of the
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics. He has been a director of
Rohr since December 1986, and serves on the Audit and Ethics Committee of the
Company's Board of Directors and its Technology Committee.
MR. HOFFMAN is the former Chairman of Tiger International, Inc., and Flying
Tiger Line, Los Angeles, California, having served in those positions beginning
in September 1967 until his retirement in March 1986. Between March 1978 and
August 1985, he also served as Chief Executive Officer and from August 1973 to
August 1985, he served as President of Tiger International, Inc. He is also a
director of SunAmerica, Inc., and trustee of Aerospace Corporation. He has been
a director of Rohr since December 1982, and serves on the Audit and Ethics
Committee of the Company's Board of Directors and its Nomination and Management
Succession Committee.
DR. MOORE has been the President and Chief Operating Officer of Honeywell,
Inc., a provider of electronic automation and control systems located in
Minneapolis, Minnesota, since April 1993. From December 1990, until assuming
his current position, he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
Officer of that company. Dr. Moore has been employed by Honeywell, Inc., since
December 1986 having also served as President of its Space Aviation Division.
Dr. Moore was appointed a director of the Company on December 7, 1991. He is
also a director of Honeywell, Inc.; the General Aviation Manufacturing
Association; the Aerospace Industries Association; the National Association of
Manufacturers; and Abbott Northwestern Hospital in Minneapolis, Minnesota. He
serves on the Finance Committee of the Company's Board of Directors and its
Nomination and Management Succession Committee.
MR. PRICE has been a business consultant to a number of major American
corporations since January 1990, when he retired as Chairman of Control Data
Corporation (now renamed Ceridian), Minneapolis, Minnesota. He was named
President and Chief Operating Officer of Control Data Corporation in 1980, and
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in 1986, continuing as President until
1988. He is also a director of International Multifoods, Premark International,
and Public Service Co. of New Mexico. Additionally, he is a Chairman of the
Alpha Center for Public and Private Initiatives and serves on the boards of the
Minnesota Opera, the Minneapolis United Way, and the Duke University's Fuqua
School of Business Board of Visitors. He was appointed a director of the
Company on June 7, 1991. He serves on the Compensation and Benefits Committee
of the Company's Board of Directors and its Technology Committee.
DR. SOMMERS has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of SRI
International since January 1994. SRI International is one of the world largest
contract research firms, employing more than 2,000 professionals engaged in
research in areas including engineering, science and technology, business and
policy. Prior to joining SRI International, Dr. Sommers was Executive Vice
President of Iameter, Inc., a firm specializing in health care quality and cost
control. From 1973 until joining Iameter in 1972, he served as a Senior Vice
President, director and member of the Office of the Chairman of Booz.Allen &
Hamilton, Inc., San Francisco, California, having served in other senior
management positions with that firm since 1963. Dr. Sommers has extensive
experience as a management
53
<PAGE>
consultant to some of the world's largest technology-based manufacturing and
service firms. He was appointed a director of the Company on September 9, 1992.
He is a member of the board of trustees of the Kemper Mutual Funds and a
director of Therapeutic Discovery Corp. He serves on the Finance Committee of
the Company's Board of Directors and its Technology Committee.
DR. STEELE is the former Chairman, Board Services Division, Korn Ferry
International, Los Angeles, California, a position he assumed in June 1987.
From 1975 to 1986, he was the Dean, School of Business Administration,
University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California. He has held
professorships at Texas Tech University, the University of Kansas, Stanford
University, and Harvard University. He is an author in the marketing and
business fields and a consultant to a number of major American corporations. He
is also a director of Glendale Federal Bank; Storage Properties, Inc.; and
Public Storage, Inc. He has been a director of Rohr since December 1976, and
serves on the Finance Committee of the Company's Board of Directors and its
Nomination and Management Succession Committee.
MR. CHAPMAN has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
since May 1, 1994. Prior to that and since 1981, he worked for Westinghouse
Electric Company ("Westinghouse"). He had been the Vice President and Treasurer
of Westinghouse since January 1992. He was previously the Chief Financial
Officer of Westinghouse Financial Services, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Westinghouse. Prior to that assignment, Mr. Chapman held positions in Corporate
Finance and Corporate Planning with Westinghouse.
MR. JOHNSON has served as Senior Vice President, Programs and Support since
March 1, 1993. Prior to that and since April 1982, he has served in other
senior management positions. He joined the Company in September 1979.
MR. WETZLER has served as Senior Vice President, Operations since January
1994. Prior to that and since April 1986, he has served as Vice President of
Technology, Assembly Plant Operations and Information Systems at various times.
He has been an employee of the Company since 1979.
MR. MADSEN has served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since
December 5, 1987. Prior to that and since August 1979, he served as Secretary
and Corporate Counsel and has been an employee of the Company since 1974.
MR. MAJORS has served as Vice President and Controller (Chief Accounting
Officer) since May 1989. Prior to that and since December 1987, he served as
the Company's Controller. Prior to that and since 1971, he has served in other
senior management positions. He has been an employee of the Company since 1971.
MR. MILLER has served as Vice President and Treasurer since May 1989. Prior
to that and since December 1987, he served as the Company's Treasurer and has
been an employee of the Company since February 1969.
54
<PAGE>
LEGAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEEDINGS
C-5 LITIGATION
During fiscal year 1992, the U.S. Air Force filed a termination notice for
alleged default under the C-5 spare pylon contract, and the Company then
commenced the appeal process to convert the termination to one for convenience
of the government. Contemporaneously, the Company filed a notice of breach of
contract with the government on the C-5 spare pylon contract. The Company also
filed a variety of actions before the Armed Services Board of Contract Appeals
("ASBCA") requesting payment of sums owed the Company due to the government's
imposition of redefined acceptance criteria under the C-5 pylon program and the
KC-135 re-engining program. The Company also recorded special provisions for
this matter in prior periods.
Following the end of the Company's fiscal 1994 second quarter, the Company
and the U.S. Air Force settled all of these disputes. The most significant
aspects of this settlement were:
(1) The C-5 spare pylon contract will be converted to termination for
government convenience, and the Company will retain approximately $27.3
million of unliquidated progress payments previously made by the U.S. Air
Force.
(2) The Company will retain most of the C-5 spare pylon work-in-process
and raw material inventories.
(3) The Company will provide a warranty on certain, specified C-5 pylon
panels which will end for each panel seven years after the original
delivery date for such panel to the Air Force. The original delivery dates
for the warranted panels range from 1989 to 1991. The Company has
established a reserve for this warranty obligation.
U.S. ATTORNEY INVESTIGATION
Contemporaneously with the C-5 settlement with the U. S. Air Force discussed
above, the Company and the United States Attorney for the Central District of
California settled the civil and criminal aspects of an investigation, which
had been on-going since 1990, concerning the production of parts, the recording
of information which is a part of that production process, and the testing
practices utilized by the Company on many programs. The Company cooperated
fully in the investigation and does not believe there was any adverse effect on
the safety or utilization of its products. The Company recorded special
provisions in prior periods reflecting its assessment of the ultimate costs
which it believed would be incurred. Under this settlement the Company paid $4
million to the U.S. Attorney's office for the civil claims. In connection with
this settlement, a recently unsealed qui tam lawsuit filed by former employees
against the Company on behalf of the U.S. Government with respect to certain of
the activities that had been under investigation has been dismissed with
prejudice. With regard to the criminal aspects of this matter, the Company
admitted making eight false statements and paid approximately $3.7 million in
fines. In connection with this matter, the Company is also engaged in
discussions with government officials who have the discretion to temporarily
suspend or to debar the Company from entering into government contracts in the
future. The discussions are designed to demonstrate that the Company is a
presently-responsible contractor and that it should be entitled to continue to
be eligible to receive additional governmental contracts.
RECEIVABLES AND INVENTORIES
Accounts receivable and inventories include estimated recoveries on
constructive change claims the Company has asserted against the United States
Navy with respect to the F-14 and E3/E6 programs because of costs the Company
incurred as a result of government imposed redefined acceptance criteria.
Management believes that the amounts reflected in the financial statements are
a reasonable estimate of the amount for which these matters will be settled.
The resolution of these
55
<PAGE>
matters may take several years. See "Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements--Note 3." The Company is vigorously pursuing these claims and
believes, based on currently available information, that the ultimate
resolution will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or
results of operations of the Company.
STRINGFELLOW SITE
In June 1987, the U.S. District Court of Los Angeles, in U. S. et al. vs.
Stringfellow (United States District Court for the Central District of
California, Civil Action No. 83-2501 (JMI)), granted partial summary judgment
against the Company and 14 other defendants on the issue of liability under the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
("CERCLA"). This suit alleges that the defendants are jointly and severally
liable for all damage in connection with the Stringfellow hazardous waste
disposal site in Riverside County, California. In June 1989, a federal jury and
a special master appointed by the federal court found the State of California
also liable for the cleanup costs. On November 30, 1993, the special master
released his "Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law and Reporting
Recommendations of the Special Master Regarding the State Share Fact Finding
Hearing." In it, he allocated liability between the State of California and
other parties. As this hearing did not involve the valuation of future tasks
and responsibilities, the order did not specify dollar amounts of liability.
The order, phrased in percentages of liability, recommended allocating
liability on the CERCLA claims as follows: 65% to the State of California and
10% to the Stringfellow entities, leaving 25% for the
generator/counterclaimants (including the Company) and other users of the site
(or a maximum of up to 28% depending on the allocation of any Stringfellow
entity orphan share). On the state law claims, the special master recommended a
95% share for the State of California, and 5% for the Stringfellow entities,
leaving 0% for the generator/counterclaimants. The special master's finding is
subject to a final decision and appeal. The Company and other defendants for
the Stringfellow site, which include numerous companies with assets and equity
significantly larger than the Company, are jointly and severally liable for the
cleanup. Notwithstanding this, CERCLA liability is sometimes allocated among
hazardous waste generators who used a waste disposal site based on the volume
of hazardous substances they disposed at the site. The Company is the second
largest generator of wastes by volume disposed at the site, although it and
certain other generators have argued the final allocation of cleanup costs
among generators should not be determined solely by volume. The largest volume
generator of wastes disposed at the Stringfellow site has indicated it is
significantly dependent on insurance to fund its share of any cleanup costs,
and that it is in litigation with certain of its insurers. The Company and the
other generators of wastes disposed at the Stringfellow site, which include
numerous companies with assets and equity significantly greater than the
Company, are jointly and severally liable for the share of cleanup costs for
which the generators, as a group, may ultimately be responsible. The Company
intends to continue to vigorously defend this matter and believes, based upon
currently available information, that the ultimate resolution will not have a
material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of
the Company.
The Company has claims against its comprehensive general liability insurers
for reimbursement of its cleanup costs at the site. These claims are the
subject of separate litigation, although the insurers nevertheless are paying
substantially all of the Company's costs of defense in the CERCLA and State
actions against the generators of wastes disposed at the site. Certain of these
insurance policies have pollution exclusion clauses which are being argued as a
defense and the insurers are alleging various other defenses to coverage. The
Company has entered settlements with some of the insurance carriers and is
engaged in settlement discussions with certain others. The Company intends to
continue to vigorously defend this matter and believes, based upon currently
available information, that the ultimate resolution will not have a material
adverse effect on the financial position, liquidity or results of operations of
the Company.
SEC INQUIRY
In 1990, the Division of Enforcement of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Enforcement Division") began conducting an informal inquiry
regarding various Company production
56
<PAGE>
programs, program and contract estimates at completion and related accounting
practices. Following the filing of a registration statement with the
Commission, the Company received on August 17, 1993, and shortly thereafter
responded to, a request for documents from the Enforcement Division concerning
its decision to change its accounting practices relating to long-term programs
and contracts, and its previous practice of capitalizing pre-certification and
certain general and administrative costs. There have been no further comments
from the Enforcement Division since that date. The Enforcement Division's
request for documents indicated that the inquiry "should not be construed as an
indication by the Commission or its staff that any violation of the law has
occurred; nor should it be considered a reflection on any person, entity, or
security." The Company cooperated fully with the Enforcement Division's
requests and cannot predict the ultimate result of the inquiry or its impact,
if any, on the Company. The Company has been advised by the Division of
Corporation Finance of the Commission that because the Company's use of program
accounting is based in significant part on practices which it believes are
generally followed and/or accepted, rather than on the basis of authoritative
literature, the Staff is not in a position presently to object or concur with
the Company's utilization of such accounting method. The Staff informed the
Company last August that it intends to survey practice and conduct other
inquiries regarding generally accepted practices relating to long-term
contracts and program accounting. The Company has not received any indication
from the Commission of the likely outcome of this survey. By declaring
effective the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part, the
Commission is not passing upon the adequacy or accuracy of the information
contained herein including, without limitation, the appropriateness of the
Company's accounting methods and practices.
MARYLAND CONSENT ORDER
In December 1989, the Maryland Department of the Environment ("MDE") served
the Company with a Letter and Consent Order No. CO-90-093. The Consent Order
calls for investigation and remediation of chemicals detected in soil and
ground water at the Company's bonding facility in Hagerstown, Maryland. The
Company and MDE subsequently negotiated a mutually acceptable Consent Order
under which the Company has developed a work plan to determine the nature and
extent of the pollution at the bonding plant. The Company had acquired the
bonding plant from Fairchild Industries, Inc. ("Fairchild"), in September 1987
and Fairchild had agreed to retain responsibility for and to indemnify the
Company against any claims and fees in connection with any hazardous materials
or pollutants released into the environment at or near the bonding plant or any
other property before the closing date of the sale. In October 1990, after
initially-unsuccessful negotiations with Fairchild, the Company filed a lawsuit
in the United States District Court for the Central District of California
requesting, among other things, a declaration that it is entitled to
indemnification under the Purchase and Sale Agreement for the costs associated
with conducting the work requested by MDE. On March 11, 1993, the Company and
Fairchild executed a settlement agreement pursuant to which Fairchild
substantially reimbursed the Company for past costs relating to environmental
investigations at the bonding plant. The parties agreed to dismiss the lawsuit
and agreed on a procedure to perform the work required under the MDE Consent
Order. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that the
resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on the
financial position or results of operation of the Company.
PROPOSITION 65 MATTERS
On March 23, 1992, a Deputy Attorney General for the State of California
advised the Company that it may be subject to suit pursuant to Proposition 65
on the basis of data contained in a health risk assessment ("HRA") of the
Company's Chula Vista facility conducted pursuant to the Air Toxics Hot Spots
Act, also known as California Assembly Bill AB-2588. Proposition 65 requires
manufacturers who expose any person to a chemical resulting in an increased
risk of cancer to issue a clear and reasonable warning to such person and
imposes substantial penalties for non-compliance. AB-2588 requires
manufacturers to inventory their air emissions and to submit an HRA to assess
and quantify health risks associated with those emissions. On April 9, 1993,
representatives of the Company met with the Deputy
57
<PAGE>
Attorney General to discuss this matter and agreed to supply certain requested
data to the government. The Company is presently working on the procedures
required to produce this data. Based on currently available information, the
Company believes that the resolution of this matter will not have a material
adverse effect on the financial position or results of operation of the
Company.
RIO BRAVO SITE
In January 1993, the Department of Toxic Substances Control of the State of
California Environmental Protection Agency ("DTSC") notified the Company and
approximately 25 other individuals and companies that the DTSC expected a
payment of approximately $1.1 million within thirty days of its notice. The
demand for payment, which is joint and several, was for expenses allegedly
incurred by DTSC personnel in the oversight of the cleanup of the Rio Bravo
deep injection well disposal site in Shafter, California. The cleanup is
currently being conducted by a group of cooperating potentially responsible
parties ("PRPs"), including the Company ("the Cooperating PRPs"). The DTSC
advised that failure to pay said sum within the specified time limit would
result in a referral of the matter to its legal office for collection. The
Company was further advised that it could submit objections to this action by
contacting DTSC's Cost Recovery Unit. In February 1993, the Cooperating PRP
group wrote to DTSC and advised them, among other things, of the Cooperating
PRPs' continuing efforts at the site and suggested that DTSC seek recovery of
the oversight funds from the non-cooperating PRPs. Since the demand of the DTSC
was joint and several, and would arguably cover all generators including the
non-cooperating PRPs, none of the $1.1 million demanded by the DTSC has been
allocated to the Cooperating PRPs. Some PRPs estimate the potential cost of
cleanup to be approximately $7 million and the Company's share (based on
estimated, respective volumes of discharge into such site by all generators,
all of which cannot now be known with certainty) could approximate $450,000.
The Company and other PRPs could face joint and several liability for the
entire amount of clean-up costs, regardless of Cooperating PRP or non-
cooperating PRP status. Based on currently available information, the Company
believes that the resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse
effect on the financial position or results of operation of the Company.
CHATHAM SITE
The Company previously reported that the DTSC informed the Company and
approximately 100 other individuals and companies that DTSC considered the
recipients to be potentially PRPs liable for cleanup at the Chatham Brothers
Barrel Yard Site located in Escondido, California (the "Chatham Site"). By
letter dated April 13, 1993, DTSC again notified the Company that it believed
the Company was one of a number of companies who were liable for the cleanup of
the Chatham Site. After a thorough review of the Company's records and
information possessed by DTSC, and interviews of present and former Company
employees, the Company remains convinced that it has no relationship whatsoever
with the Chatham Site and, therefore, is not liable for the cleanup of that
site. In addition, the Company has discussed this matter with a group of PRPs
for the Chatham Site and has indicated its lack of involvement with the site.
If the Company fails to persuade DTSC that it is not a PRP with regard to the
Chatham Site, the Company could face joint and several liability for the
amounts involved. The potential cost of cleanup for the Chatham Site is
estimated by some PRPs to be approximately $30 million. If suit is filed
against the Company, the Company intends to defend vigorously this matter.
Based on currently available information, the Company believes that the
resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on the
financial position or results of operation of the Company.
SCAQMD COMPLIANCE
The Company's Riverside, California facility is working along with the
California Aerospace Group ("CAG") to meet the South Coast Air Quality
Management District ("SCAQMD") compliance deadline for adhesive bonding
primers. The deadline for compliant primers was originally January 1, 1992. It
has been extended and is now set for January 1, 1997. The Company and the CAG
continue to work with
58
<PAGE>
manufacturers of adhesive bonding primers to see if a compliant primer can be
developed and tested, and although no compliant primers currently exist, five
potential candidates have been identified for extensive testing. The Company
believes the ultimate resolution of the matter will not have a material adverse
impact on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.
CASMALIA SITE
During the third quarter of fiscal year 1993, Region IX of the United States
Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") named the Company as a first-tier
generator of hazardous wastes that were transported to the Casmalia Resources
Hazardous Waste Management Facility (the "Casmalia Site") in Casmalia,
California. Approximately 80 other companies and individuals have also been
identified as first-tier generators. First-tier generators are the top 82
generators by volume of waste disposed of at the Casmalia Site. The size of
this group was chosen by the EPA. The EPA has given the first-tier generators a
list of work-related elements needing to be addressed in a good faith offer to
investigate and remediate the site. The first-tier generators believe a
collaborative approach early in the site cleanup and closure process offers all
parties an opportunity to help determine a technical course of action at this
site before the EPA has made final decisions on the matter. The Company has
joined approximately 49 other companies in the Casmalia Resources Site Steering
Committee which recently made a good faith offer to the EPA. The Company could
be found jointly and severally liable for the total amount of cleanup cost. The
Company does not yet know the ability of all other PRPs at this site, which
include companies of substantial assets and equity, to fund their allocable
share. Some PRPs have made preliminary estimates of cleanup costs at this site
of approximately $60 to $70 million and the Company's share (based on
estimated, respective volumes of discharge into such site by all generators,
all of which cannot now be known with certainty) could approximate $1,750,000.
Based on currently available information, the Company believes that the
resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse effect on the
financial position or results of operation of the Company.
CHULA VISTA SITE
From time to time, various environmental regulatory agencies request that the
Company conduct certain investigations on the nature and extent of pollution,
if any, at its various facilities. For example, such a request may follow the
spill of a reportable quantity of certain chemicals. At other times, the
request follows the removal, replacement or closure of an underground storage
tank pursuant to applicable regulations. At present, the Company's Chula Vista
facility is conducting certain investigations pursuant to discussions with the
San Diego County Department of Health Services, Hazardous Materials Management
Division and the San Diego Regional Water Quality Control Board. The Company
intends to cooperate fully with the various regulatory agencies.
GENERAL
In addition to the litigation discussed above, from time to time the Company
is a defendant in lawsuits involving claims based on the Company's alleged
negligence or strict liability as a manufacturer in the design or manufacture
of various products and also claims based upon environmental protection laws.
The Company believes that in those types of cases now pending, or in claims
known by the Company to be asserted against it whether or not reduced to a
legal proceeding, it either has no material liability or any such liability is
adequately covered by its reserves or its liability insurance, subject to
certain deductible amounts. The Company is aware that various of its insurers
may assert, and in some such cases have asserted, that their insurance coverage
does not provide protection against punitive damages in any specific lawsuit.
While there can be no assurances that the Company will not ultimately be found
liable for material punitive damages, the Company does not now believe that it
has an exposure to any material liability for punitive damages.
59
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN FINANCINGS
The following is a summary of certain terms of the Company's principal
financing agreements, effective on the Closing Date of the sale of the
Securities.
REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
Effective upon the completion of the Offerings, the Company's unsecured
Revolving Credit Agreement with a group of banks will provide the following
loan commitments during the indicated periods:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD COMMITMENT
------ ------------
<S> <C>
Through October 24, 1995..................................... $110 million
October 25, 1995 to April 24, 1996........................... $100 million
April 25, 1996 to October 24, 1996........................... $ 90 million
October 25, 1996 to April 24, 1997........................... $ 80 million
</TABLE>
This Revolving Credit Agreement is immediately available for borrowing (or to
support the issuance of up to $30 million of letters of credit). Borrowings
under this agreement incur interest at an annual rate equal to one of the
following at the Company's option: (1) prime rate plus 0% to 2.25%; (2) London
Interbank Offered Rate plus 0.75% to 3.25%; (3) or a Domestic Money Market Bid
Rate plus 0.875% to 3.375%; or (4) competitive bid. The weighted average
interest rate for borrowings under this credit agreement was 5.22% per annum
during the second quarter of fiscal 1994. The agreement provides a facility fee
payable on a monthly basis, at the rate of 0.35% to 0.75% on each lender's
total commitment. The specific interest rate and facility fee payable at any
time is based upon the Company's credit rating and various other factors.
Effective upon the completion of the Offerings, the Revolving Credit
Agreement will require the Company to maintain Consolidated Tangible Net Worth
(as defined) of $125 million plus 50% of positive consolidated net income
beginning on August 1, 1994. At January 30, 1994, the Company's Consolidated
Tangible Net Worth was $184.6 million. Consolidated Tangible Net Worth is
expected to decrease in the third quarter of fiscal 1994 in connection with
anticipated increases in the Company's underfunded pension liabilities. See
"Risk Factors--Underfunded Pension Plans." The agreement will also require the
Company to maintain a ratio of Consolidated Net Income Available for Fixed
Charges for each period of 365 days to Fixed Charges (each as defined) for such
period, after completion of the offering, at least equal to the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MINIMUM
PERIOD RATIO
------ -------
<S> <C>
Through July 31, 1994............................................. 1.40:1
August 1, 1994 through July 31, 1995.............................. 1.55:1
August 1, 1995 through July 31, 1996.............................. 1.90:1
August 1, 1996 and thereafter..................................... 2.00:1
</TABLE>
For purposes of this test, Consolidated Net Income Available for Fixed
Charges is calculated without regard to the cumulative effect through May 2,
1993, of the accounting changes adopted by the Company effective August 1,
1992, and $38 million of provisions and charges taken by the Company in the
third quarter of fiscal 1993. For the 365-day period ended at January 30, 1994,
the Company's ratio of Consolidated Net Income Available for Fixed Charges to
Fixed Charges was 2.04:1.
60
<PAGE>
Effective upon the completion of the Offerings, the Revolving Credit
Agreement will also require the Company to maintain a ratio of Debt (as
defined) to Consolidated Tangible Net Worth not to exceed the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MAXIMUM
PERIOD RATIO
------ -------
<S> <C>
Through July 31, 1994............................................. 5.60:1
August 1, 1994 through July 31, 1995.............................. 5.00:1
August 1, 1995 through July 31, 1996.............................. 4.10:1
August 1, 1996 and thereafter..................................... 3.20:1
</TABLE>
In calculating this ratio, Debt includes the Company's underfunded pension
liabilities, but does not include the Company's off-balance sheet financings.
See "Capitalization." At January 30, 1994, the Company's ratio of Debt to
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth was 2.82:1.
Other covenants in the Revolving Credit Agreement prohibit the Company from
adding collateral to or otherwise supporting its existing debt, accelerating
the maturity of such debt, or revising any covenant or other term of such debt
to make it materially more restrictive for the Company or any of its
subsidiaries.
9.35% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2000 AND 9.33% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2002
The Company's 9.35% senior notes due 2000 mature on January 29, 2000 and
require principal payments of $12.5 million in January of each year until
repaid. The Company's 9.33% senior notes due 2002 mature on December 15, 2002
and require principal payments of approximately $8.9 million in December of
each year commencing in 1996 until repaid. With respect to each of these issues
of senior notes, the Company may make principal prepayments at its option,
which may include a premium for yield adjustment. The holders of these notes
can require the Company to purchase the remaining principal amount of the
respective notes, plus accrued interest and premium for yield adjustment, in
the event of certain changes in control or ownership of the Company. A covenant
in the agreements governing these two issuances of senior notes prohibits the
Company from amending its Revolving Credit Agreement to reduce the amount or
availability of the bank's commitment to lend to the Company under such
agreement. Other covenants in these senior note agreements are substantially
similar to the covenants in the Revolving Credit Agreement.
9.25% SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
The Company's 9.25% subordinated debentures mature in 2017. These debentures
are subject to mandatory annual sinking-fund payments of $7.5 million beginning
March 1998. The Company may redeem an additional $15 million on each sinking-
fund date. The subordinated debentures are redeemable at the Company's option,
at 106.5% of the outstanding principal amount at May 2, 1993, declining
annually to 100.5% in 2006, plus accrued interest. However, no such redemption
may be effected prior to March 1997, directly or indirectly, from borrowed
money having an interest cost of less than 9.25% per annum. These debentures
will be subordinated to the Senior Notes and pari passu with the Convertible
Subordinated Notes.
7% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
The Company's 7% convertible subordinated debentures mature in 2012. These
debentures are convertible prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed, at a
conversion price of $43 per share, subject to adjustment under certain
conditions. The debentures are redeemable at the option of the Company, in
whole or in part, at a redemption price of 102.8% declining annually to 100.7%
in 1996, together with accrued interest to the date of redemption. Annual
sinking-fund payments of 5% of the aggregate principal amount of the debentures
originally issued are to be applied to the redemption of debentures
61
<PAGE>
at 100% of principal amount plus accrued interest, commencing October 1998. The
Company has the option of delivering repurchased debentures to the sinking-fund
in lieu of cash. The mandatory sinking-fund is calculated to retire 70% of the
aggregate principal amount of the debentures originally issued prior to
maturity. The debentures are subordinated to all existing or future senior debt
of the Company and rank on equal terms with the Company's outstanding 9.25%
subordinated debentures due 2017. These debentures will be subordinated to the
Senior Notes and pari passu with the Convertible Subordinated Notes.
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FACILITY
The Company is a party to an accounts receivable facility under which it
sells all of its accounts receivable from specified customers through a
subsidiary to a trust on an on-going basis. Investors purchased beneficial
interests in the trust for $60 million, which was paid indirectly to the
Company for the accounts receivable initially transferred to the trust. The
Company sells additional accounts receivable through its subsidiary to the
trust to maintain the investor's beneficial interest at $60 million. The
Company's subsidiary holds the residual beneficial interest in the trust. Under
the arrangement, the Company acts as an agent for the trust by performing all
record keeping and collection functions with respect to the accounts receivable
that have been sold. The investors' beneficial interest in the trust is
reflected as a decrease in accounts receivable. The cost associated with the
sale of accounts receivable under the facility is 7.57% per year (calculated as
a percentage of the investors' $60 million beneficial interest) and is
reflected as a reduction in sales. As a result of the slow-down in the
aerospace industry, the amount of outstanding receivables owned by the trust
has fallen below levels which existed at the start of the facility. If the
outstanding receivables owned by the trust fall below levels required to
support the investors' $60 million beneficial interest in the trust, the
Company may deposit certain receivables collections and the proceeds of
receivables sales in a reserve fund or may allow receivables collections to
reduce the investors' interest in the trust. From time to time the Company has
deposited amounts into the reserve fund and has withdrawn such amounts when
they are no longer required to be deposited. The Company does not believe any
changes in the receivables facility resulting from a decrease in the total
amount of receivables sold to the trust or in the outstanding receivables
balance will have a material adverse effect on the Company's liquidity or
financial condition.
SALE-LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
The Company is also a party to a group of sale-leaseback transactions
pursuant to which it sold furniture and certain significant items of the
equipment utilized in its manufacturing processes for approximately $52.3
million and leased such furniture and equipment back from the investors who
purchased it. The Company has granted the equipment lessors a security interest
in all of the Company's accounts receivable from a particular customer and/or
cash securing $10 million of obligations. At January 30, 1994, the balance of
these accounts receivable was $15.8 million. The security interest will be
released at such time as the existing equipment lessors assign approximately
one-half of their beneficial interests in the leased equipment. If such
assignments do not occur by January 1995, the existing equipment lessors may
apply the collateral against the Company's then remaining lease obligations.
The Company's leases are treated as operating leases for financial reporting
purposes. The costs of the lease transactions average approximately 6.8%
annually over the term of the leases (calculated as a percentage of the $52.3
million sales price of the leased furniture and equipment). The agreements
governing the equipment lease transactions contain the same consolidated
tangible net worth, fixed charge coverage ratio and debt to consolidated
tangible net worth ratio covenants as are in the Revolving Credit Agreement.
The agreements governing these transactions permit the Company to purchase the
investors' interest in the equipment before the investors can repossess upon a
default by the Company, subject to certain time limitations. The investors'
repossession of any substantial portion of such equipment would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's ability to meet its production contract
commitments.
62
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
COMMON STOCK
The Common Stock of the Company has a par value of $1 per share. Subject to
the preferential dividend rights of the Preferred Stock (no shares of which are
currently outstanding), the holders of Common Stock may from time to time
receive out of assets legally available therefor dividends as and when declared
by the Board of Directors. Several of the Company's principal financing
agreements contain a covenant restricting the Company's right to pay dividends
on, and to redeem, retire or acquire, its stock. See "Price Range of Common
Stock and Dividends."
Each share of Common Stock entitles the holder thereof to one vote, except
that in any election of directors votes may be cumulated. The directors of the
Company are divided into three classes and at each annual meeting of
stockholders only one of these classes is subject to election. The board
presently consists of ten directors, of whom three are subject to election at
the annual meeting in 1994 and each three years thereafter, three at the annual
meeting in 1995 and each three years thereafter and four at the annual meeting
in 1996 and each three years thereafter. The division of the directors into
three classes may make a proposed takeover of the Company which is not
supported by the incumbent directors more difficult to achieve than if the
directors constituted a single class.
In the event of a proposed merger or consolidation with, or a sale of assets
to, a company which itself, or with its affiliates, owns or controls 5% or more
of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company, an affirmative vote of three-
fourths of the total outstanding voting stock is required unless such merger,
consolidation or sale of assets was approved by the Board of Directors prior to
the acquisition of such 5% of Common Stock by such company or its affiliates.
This provision is in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the
"Certificate"), and the provisions for cumulative voting and a three-class
Board of Directors may only be changed by a three-fourths vote of the total
outstanding voting stock. Similarly, before the Company may enter into a merger
or consolidation with, sell a substantial part of its assets to, or agree to
certain other transactions with a company which itself, or with its affiliates,
beneficially owns 10% or more of the Company's outstanding voting stock, the
transaction must be approved by a three-fourths vote of the total outstanding
voting stock and by a majority of the outstanding voting stock which is not
beneficially owned by the other company and its affiliates; provided, however,
that the voting requirements described in this sentence do not apply if the
proposed transaction is approved by a majority of the continuing directors, as
defined in the Certificate, or certain other provisions are met.
PREFERRED STOCK
The Certificate authorizes the Company to issue multiple classes of Preferred
Stock, the substantive rights of which are to be fixed by the directors. The
Board of Directors can authorize, without stockholder approval, the issuance of
Preferred Stock with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect
the voting power of the holders of Common Stock.
SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN
The Company has adopted a shareholder rights plan, and on August 15, 1986,
declared a dividend distribution of one purchase right for each outstanding
share of Common Stock of the Company to shareholders of record at the close of
business on August 26, 1986. The Company has issued one purchase right with
each share of Common Stock issued after August 26, 1986, and subject to the
expiration of the rights in 1996, will issue one such right for each share of
Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Convertible Subordinated Notes. Each
right generally entitles the holder thereof to purchase one one-hundredth of a
preferred share from the Company for $100, subject to adjustment. Such
preferred stock purchase rights, which expire on August 25, 1996 and are
redeemable by the
63
<PAGE>
Company, become exercisable and separated from the Common Stock under certain
circumstances generally related to the acquisition (or the right to acquire) by
a person or group of affiliated persons of 15% or more of the Company's
outstanding Common Stock or where such a person or group has made a tender
offer to acquire 15% or more of such stock. Under certain additional
circumstances, each right would entitle the holder to purchase a certain number
of shares of the Company's Common Stock at one-half of the Common Stock's fair
market value.
The provisions discussed above may make it more difficult for a third party
to acquire control of the Company or could discourage such a party from
attempting to acquire control.
GENERAL
Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets
legally available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed ratably
among the holders of Common Stock at the time outstanding, subject to the
preferential rights of any series of Preferred Stock of the Company then
outstanding. The Common Stock has no preemptive, conversion or redemption
rights, and when fully paid is not subject to assessment.
The outstanding Common Stock of the Company is listed on the New York Stock
Exchange, the Pacific Stock Exchange and The Stock Exchange in London.
The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is the First Chicago
Trust Co. of New York.
64
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES
The Convertible Subordinated Notes will be issued under an indenture to be
dated as of May 15, 1994 (the "Indenture") between the Company and The Bank of
New York, a New York State banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee"), a
form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus forms a part. The terms of the Convertible Subordinated
Notes will include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the
"TIA"), as in effect on the date of the Indenture. The Convertible Subordinated
Notes will be subject to all such terms, and holders of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of
such terms. The following is a summary of important terms of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes and does not purport to be complete. Reference should be
made to all provisions of the Indenture, including the definitions therein of
certain terms and all terms made a part of the Indenture by reference to the
TIA. Certain definitions of terms used in the following summary are set forth
under "--Certain Definitions" below.
As used in this section, the "Company" means Rohr, Inc., but not any of its
subsidiaries, unless the context requires otherwise.
GENERAL
The Convertible Subordinated Notes will be general unsecured subordinated
obligations of the Company, will mature on May 15, 2004, and will be limited to
an aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000 (assuming no exercise of the
Underwriter's over-allotment option). The Convertible Subordinated Notes will
be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in fully
registered form. The Convertible Subordinated Notes are exchangeable and
transfers thereof will be registrable without charge therefor, but the Company
may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge in connection therewith.
The Convertible Subordinated Notes will accrue interest at a rate of 7 3/4%
per annum from May 19, 1994, or from the most recent interest payment date to
which interest has been paid or duly provided for, and accrued and unpaid
interest will be payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year
beginning November 15, 1994. Interest will be paid to the Person in whose name
each Convertible Subordinated Note is registered at the close of business on
the May 1 or November 1 immediately preceding the relevant interest payment
date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months.
Initially, the Trustee will act as paying agent and registrar of the
Convertible Subordinated Notes. The Company may change any paying agent and
registrar without notice.
CONVERSION
The holders of Convertible Subordinated Notes will have the right,
exercisable at any time prior to maturity, to convert the principal amount
thereof (or any portion thereof that is an integral multiple of $1,000) into
shares of Common Stock at a conversion price of $10.35 per share of Common
Stock, subject to adjustment as described below (the "Conversion Price"),
except that if a Convertible Subordinated Note is called for redemption, the
conversion right will terminate at the close of business on the date fixed for
redemption (unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment when
due, in which case the conversion right will terminate at the close of business
on the date such default is cured). Upon conversion, no adjustment or payment
will be made for interest or dividends, but if any holder of a Convertible
Subordinated Note surrenders a Convertible Subordinated Note for conversion
after the close of business on the record date for the payment of an
installment of interest and prior to
65
<PAGE>
the opening of business on the next interest payment date, then,
notwithstanding such conversion, the interest payable on such interest payment
date will be paid to such registered holder. In such event, (unless such
Convertible Subordinated Note or portion thereof is called for redemption on a
redemption date in that period), such Convertible Subordinated Note, when
surrendered for conversion, must be accompanied by payment of an amount equal
to the interest payable on such interest payment date on the portion so
converted.
No fractional shares will be issued upon conversion but a cash payment will
be made for any fractional interest.
The Conversion Price is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain
events, including (a) the issuance of shares of Common Stock as a dividend or
distribution on the Common Stock; (b) the subdivision, combination or
reclassification of the outstanding Common Stock; (c) the issuance to all or
substantially all holders of Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe
for or purchase Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) at a
price per share less than the then current market price per share, as defined
in the Indenture; (d) the distribution of shares of Capital Stock of the
Company (other than Common Stock) to all holders of Common Stock, evidences of
indebtedness or other assets (excluding dividends in cash); (e) the
distribution to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock of rights or
warrants to subscribe for securities (other than those referred to in clause
(c) above) (f) the issuance of Common Stock to an Affiliate for a net price per
share less than the current market price per share (determined as set forth
below) on the date the Company fixes the offering price of such additional
shares (other than issuances of Common Stock under certain employee benefit
plans of the Company), (g) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of cash
(including any cash that is distributed as part of a distribution described in
(d) above) to all holders of Common Stock in an aggregate amount that, together
with the aggregate of any other distributions of cash that did not trigger a
Conversion Price adjustment to all holders of its Common Stock within the 12
months preceding the date fixed for determining the stockholders entitled to
such distribution plus the aggregate of any cash and the fair market value of
consideration that did not trigger a Conversion Price adjustment payable in
respect of any tender offer by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for
Common Stock (as described in (h) below) consummated within the 12 months
preceding the date fixed for determining the stockholders entitled to such
distribution, exceeds 15% of the product of the current market price per share
(determined as set forth below) on the date fixed for the determination of
stockholders entitled to receive such distribution times the number of shares
of Common Stock outstanding on such date; and (h) the completion of a tender
offer made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for Common Stock involving
an aggregate consideration that, together with the aggregate of any cash and
the fair market value of any other consideration that did not trigger a
Conversion Price adjustment paid or payable in respect of any previous tender
offer by the Company or its subsidiary for Common Stock consummated with the 12
months preceding the consummation of such tender offer plus the aggregate
amount of any distributions of cash that did not trigger a Conversion Price
adjustment (as described in (g) above) to all holders of Common Stock within
the 12 months preceding the consummation of such tender offer, exceeds 15% of
the product of the current market price per share (determined as set forth
below) immediately prior to the expiration of such offer times the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding at the expiration of such offer. In the
event of a distribution to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock of
rights to subscribe for additional shares of the Company's Capital Stock (other
than those referred to in clause (c) above), the Company may, instead of making
an adjustment in the Conversion Price, make proper provision so that each
holder of a Convertible Subordinated Note who converts such Convertible
Subordinated Note after the record date for such distribution and prior to the
expiration or redemption of such rights shall be entitled to receive upon such
conversion, in addition to shares of Common Stock, an appropriate number of
such rights. No adjustment of the Conversion Price will be made until
cumulative adjustments amount to one percent or more of the Conversion Price as
last adjusted. No adjustment of the Conversion Price will be made for cash
dividends, except as described above .
66
<PAGE>
In the Indenture, the "current market price" per share of Common Stock on
any date shall be deemed to be the average of the Daily Market Prices (as
defined in the Indenture) for the shorter of (i) 30 consecutive business days
ending on the last full trading day on the exchange or market referred to in
determining such Daily Market Prices prior to the time of determination or
(ii) the period commencing on the date next succeeding the first public
announcement of the issuance of such rights or warrants or such distribution
through such last full trading day prior to the time of determination.
If the Company reclassifies or otherwise changes its outstanding Common
Stock, or consolidates with or merges into or transfers or leases all or
substantially all its assets to any Person, or is a party to a merger that
reclassifies or changes its outstanding Common Stock, the Convertible
Subordinated Notes will become convertible into the kind and amount of
securities, cash or other assets which the holders of Convertible Subordinated
Notes would have owned immediately after the transaction if the holders had
converted the Convertible Subordinated Notes immediately before the effective
date of the transaction.
SUBORDINATION
The Convertible Subordinated Notes will be subordinate and junior in right
of payment to all "Senior Indebtedness" of the Company to the extent and in
the manner set forth below. The Indenture will define "Senior Indebtedness"
generally as all present or future Indebtedness of the Company described in
clauses (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iv) and (c) of the definition of Indebtedness
created, incurred, assumed or, except to the extent described below,
guaranteed (to the extent of the guarantee) by the Company (and all renewals,
modifications, extensions or refundings thereof), together with all other
obligations owing in connection therewith, including principal, interest
(including interest accruing on any such indebtedness which is Designated
Senior Indebtedness after the filing of a petition by or against the Company
under any bankruptcy law, whether or not the claim for such interest is
allowed as a claim after such filing in any proceeding under such bankruptcy
law), premium, if any, fees, costs, expenses and indemnities, unless the
instrument under which such Indebtedness is created, incurred, assumed or
guaranteed provides that such Indebtedness is not senior or superior in right
of payment to the Convertible Subordinated Notes. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in the foregoing, Senior Indebtedness shall not include (a) any
Indebtedness of the Company owing to any of its subsidiaries, (b) Capitalized
Lease Obligations,(c) Indebtedness or other obligations in respect of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (d) the Company's 9.25% Subordinated
Debentures due 2017 or its 7% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2012 and
(e) with respect to an obligation relating to the deferred purchase price of
property or services, any advances, deposits, partial or progress payments,
payables, unpaid wages and related employee obligations, trade accounts, and
accrued liabilities.
By reason of such subordination, in the event of a liquidation or
dissolution of the Company or a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or other similar proceeding or upon assignment for the benefit of
creditors relating to the Company or its property, or a marshalling of assets
or liabilities of the Company, upon any distribution of assets (a) holders of
Senior Indebtedness will be entitled to be paid all obligations owing in
respect thereof in full in cash or Cash Equivalents before payments may be
made on or in respect of the Convertible Subordinated Notes, except to the
extent that holders receive securities that are subordinated to Senior
Indebtedness to at least the same extent as the Convertible Subordinated Notes
(the "Other Subordinated Securities") and (b) holders of Convertible
Subordinated Notes (or the Trustee on their behalf) will be required to pay
over their share of any such distribution directly to any Representative of
the holders of Senior Indebtedness for payment thereto or, if such holders
have no Representative, directly to such holders of Senior Indebtness, until
such Senior Indebtedness is paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, except
to the extent that holders of Convertible Subordinated Notes receive Other
Subordinated Securities.
In the event of any acceleration of the Convertible Subordinated Notes, the
holders of any Senior Indebtedness then outstanding would be entitled to
payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all amounts then due on or in
respect of such Senior Indebtedness before the holders of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes are entitled to receive any payment or distribution in
respect thereof.
67
<PAGE>
The Company may not make any direct or indirect payment on or in respect of
the Convertible Subordinated Notes and may not acquire any Convertible
Subordinated Notes for cash or property (other than Other Subordinated
Securities) if (a) a default in the payment of any principal of or other
obligation in respect of Designated Senior Indebtedness (as defined below)
occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable grace period or (b) a default,
other than a default referred to in clause (a) above on any Designated Senior
Indebtedness occurs and is continuing that then permits holders of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness to accelerate the maturity and the Trustee
receives a notice of the default from the agent under the Revolving Credit
Agreement, or other person permitted to give such notice under the Indenture,
requesting that payment on or in respect of the Convertible Subordinated Notes
be prohibited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and so long as the terms of the
Indenture otherwise permit such payment, the Company may resume payments on
the Convertible Subordinated Notes upon the earlier of (x) the date upon which
such default is cured or waived or (y) in the case of a default referred to in
(a) above, 179 days after notice is received by the Trustee (a "Payment
Blockage Period"). Only one Payment Blockage Period may be commenced within
any consecutive 365-day period with respect to the Convertible Subordinated
Notes. "Designated Senior Indebtedness" will be defined in the Indenture to
mean Senior Indebtedness of the Company now or hereafter outstanding under (i)
the Revolving Credit Agreement; (ii) the Company's 9.35% Senior Notes due 2000
and 9.33% Senior Notes due 2002; (iii) the Senior Notes; and (iv) any other
Senior Indebtedness issued in one or more substantially concurrent issuances
on substantially similar terms, the aggregate original principal amount of
which is $50 million or more. The Trustee and the holders of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes are required to give notice to any holders of Senior
Indebtedness (or their representatives) prior to acceleration of the
obligations evidenced by the Convertible Subordinated Notes.
Although the Convertible Subordinated Notes rank pari passu in right of
payment to the Company's 9.25% Subordinated Debentures due 2017 and its 7%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2012, such indebtedness may be
entitled to receive principal and interest payments at a time when such
payments would be blocked in respect of the Convertible Subordinated Notes,
unless the holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes accelerate the
maturity of the obligations owing on the Convertible Subordinated Notes.
In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or
distribution of assets of the Company, whether in cash, property or securities
(other than Other Subordinated Securities), shall be received by the Trustee
or the holders of Convertible Subordinated Notes at a time when such payment
or distribution is prohibited by the foregoing provisions, such payment or
distribution shall be segregated and held in trust for the benefit of the
holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and shall be paid or delivered
by the Trustee or such holders, as the case may be, to the Representative of
the holders of Senior Indebtedness for payments thereto, or, if such holders
have no Representative, directly to such holders of Senior Indebtedness, as
their respective interests may appear, for application to the payment of all
Senior Indebtedness of the Company remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to
pay or to provide for the payment of all such Senior Indebtedness in full in
cash and Cash Equivalents after giving effect to any concurrent payment or
distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.
As a result of these subordination provisions, in the event of a liquidation
or dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding or an assignment for the benefit of the
creditors of the Company or a marshalling of assets or liabilities of the
Company, holders of Convertible Subordinated Notes may receive ratably less
than other creditors.
There are no restrictions in the Indenture on the creation of additional
Senior Indebtedness (or any other Indebtedness) and, under certain
circumstances, the incurrence of significant amounts of additional
Indebtedness could have an adverse effect on the Company's ability to service
its Indebtedness, including the Convertible Subordinated Notes.
68
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
The Convertible Subordinated Notes may be redeemed at the option of the
Company, in whole or from time to time in part, on and after May 15, 1998, on
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior written notice to the holders
thereof by first class mail, at the following redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of the principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the
date fixed for redemption, if redeemed during the twelve-month period
beginning May 15 of each year indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REDEMPTION
YEAR PRICE
---- ----------
<S> <C>
1998........................................................... 104.650%
1999........................................................... 103.875%
2000........................................................... 103.100%
2001........................................................... 102.325%
2002........................................................... 101.550%
2003........................................................... 100.775%
2004........................................................... 100.000%
</TABLE>
If less than all the Convertible Subordinated Notes are to be redeemed, the
Trustee will select Convertible Subordinated Notes for redemption pro rata or
by lot or by any other method that the Trustee considers fair and appropriate.
The Trustee may select for redemption a portion of the principal of any
Convertible Subordinated Note that has a denomination larger than $1,000.
Convertible Subordinated Notes and portions thereof will be redeemed in the
amount of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000. The Trustee will make the
selection from Subordinated Notes outstanding and not previously called for
redemption.
Provisions of the Indenture that apply to Convertible Subordinated Notes
called for redemption also apply to portions of Convertible Subordinated Notes
called for redemption. If any Convertible Subordinated Note is to be redeemed
in part, the notice of redemption will state the portion of the principal
amount to be redeemed. Upon surrender of a Convertible Subordinated Note that
is redeemed in part only, the Company will execute and the Trustee will
authenticate and deliver to the holder a new Convertible Subordinated Note
equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Convertible
Subordinated Note surrendered. On and after the redemption date, unless the
Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price, interest will
cease to accrue on the principal amount of the Convertible Subordinated Notes
or portions thereof called for redemption and for which funds have been set
apart for payment.
CHANGE OF CONTROL
Following a Change of Control (as defined below), the Company shall comply
with each of the procedures set forth in the Indenture in respect of such
event, and pursuant to the Indenture shall make an offer (a "Change of Control
Offer") to purchase all Convertible Subordinated Notes then outstanding at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of such purchase. Notice of a
Change of Control shall be mailed by or at the direction of the Company to the
holders of record of Convertible Subordinated Notes as shown on the register
of such holders maintained by the registrar not less than 15 days nor more
than 30 days after the date of such Change of Control (the "Change of Control
Date") at the addresses as shown on the register of holders maintained by the
registrar, with a copy to the Trustee and the paying agent. The Change of
Control Offer shall remain open until a specified date (the "Change of Control
Offer Termination Date") which is at least 20 business days from the date such
notice is mailed. During the period specified in such notice, holders of
Convertible Subordinated Notes may elect to tender their Convertible
Subordinated Notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 in
exchange for cash. Payment shall be made by the Company in respect of
Convertible Subordinated Notes properly tendered as set forth herein on a
specified business day which shall be no earlier than three business days
after the applicable Change of Control Offer Termination Date and no later
than 60 days after the applicable Change of Control Date.
69
<PAGE>
"Change of Control" means the occurrence of one or more of the following
events (whether or not approved by the Board of Directors of the Company): (a)
an event or series of events by which any Person or other entity or group of
Persons or other entities acting in concert as determined in accordance with
Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not applicable (a "Group of
Persons"), shall, as a result of a tender or exchange offer, open market
purchases, privately negotiated purchases, merger or otherwise (i) be or
become, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner (within the meaning of
Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, whether or not applicable)
of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding Voting
Stock of the Company or (ii) have the ability to elect, directly or
indirectly, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company
or other equivalent governing body thereof, (b) the shareholders of the
Company shall approve any Plan of Liquidation of the Company (whether or not
otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture), (c) individuals
who at the beginning of any period of two consecutive calendar years
constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new
directors whose election or appointment by the Board of Directors of the
Company or whose nomination for election by the Company's shareholders was
approved by a vote of at least a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors of the Company then still in office who either were members of the
Board of Directors of the Company at the beginning of such period or whose
election, appointment or nomination for election was previously so approved)
cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Board of
Directors of the Company then in office or (d) the direct or indirect sale,
lease, exchange or other transfer, in one transaction or a series of related
transactions, of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the
Company to any Person or Group of Persons (whether or not otherwise in
compliance with the provisions of the Indenture).
If an offer is made to redeem Convertible Subordinated Notes as a result of
a Change of Control, the Company will be required to comply with all tender
offer rules under state and Federal securities laws, including, but not
limited to, Section 14(e) under the Exchange Act and Rule 14e-1 thereunder, to
the extent applicable to such offer.
None of the provisions relating to a purchase upon a Change of Control is
waivable by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Trustee. In the event
that the Company is required to purchase outstanding Convertible Subordinated
Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, the Company expects that it would
need to seek third-party financing to the extent it does not have available
funds to meet its purchase obligations. However, there can be no assurance
that the Company would be able to obtain such financing. The occurrence of a
Change of Control would constitute an event of default under the Revolving
Credit Agreement and the agreements governing the Company's 9.33% Senior Notes
and 9.35% Senior Notes, and would permit the holders of that Indebtedness to
declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be immediately due and payable.
Further, in the event of a Change of Control, the Company would be required to
make an offer to purchase all Senior Notes then outstanding at a purchase
price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, if any, to the date of such purchase. On January 30, 1994,
after giving pro forma effect to the Offerings and the use of proceeds thereof
(assuming no exercise of the Underwriter's over-allotment option), there would
have been $256.8 million outstanding of Senior Indebtedness. See
"Capitalization." The Company could, in the future, enter into certain
transactions, including certain recapitalizations of the Company, that would
not constitute a Change of Control with respect to the Convertible
Subordinated Notes, but would increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding
at such time. The rights of the holders of Convertible Subordinated Notes to
receive the Change of Control purchase price for the Convertible Subordinated
Notes or any other amount due on the Convertible Subordinated Notes are
subordinated to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness (including
the Revolving Credit Agreement, the 9.33% Senior Notes, the 9.35% Senior Notes
and the Senior Notes) in the manner set forth in the Indenture. See "--
Subordination" and "--Events of Default."
Failure by the Company to purchase the Convertible Subordinated Notes when
required constitutes an Event of Default with respect to the Convertible
Subordinated Notes. If such an Event of Default resulted
70
<PAGE>
in a default under any Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the right of the
holders to receive the Change of Control purchase price (whether at the Change
of Control Payment Date or upon acceleration) or any other amounts due on
acceleration of the Convertible Subordinated Notes would be subordinated to
the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company. See "--Events
of Default."
The Change of Control provision of the Convertible Subordinated Notes may in
certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a takeover of the
Company and thus the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control
provision is not, however, the result of management's knowledge of any
specific effort to obtain control of the Company by means of merger, tender
offer, solicitation or otherwise, or part of a plan by management to adopt a
series of anti-takeover provisions.
LIMITATIONS ON SALE OF ASSETS
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its subsidiaries to,
consummate any Asset Sale (as defined in this section) unless such Asset Sale
is for at least Fair Market Value and at least 80% of the consideration
therefrom received by the Company or such subsidiary is in the form of cash or
Cash Equivalents.
Following any Asset Sale, an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of such
Asset Sale shall be applied by the Company or such subsidiary within 365 days
of the date of the Asset Sale, at its election, to either (a) the payment of
Senior Indebtedness provided, however, any Net Cash Proceeds which are applied
to reduce Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement shall result in a
permanent reduction of the borrowing availability thereunder; (b) make any
Permitted Program Investment or any other investment in capital assets usable
in the Company's or its subsidiaries' lines of business or in an asset or
business in the same line of business as the Company; or (c) a combination of
payment and investment permitted by the foregoing clauses (a) and (b). On the
earlier of (A) the 366th day after the date of an Asset Sale or (B) such date
as the Board of Directors of the Company or of such subsidiary determines (as
evidenced by a written resolution of said Board of Directors) not to apply an
amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth
in the immediately preceding sentence (each of (A) and (B), an "Asset Sale
Offer Trigger Date"), the Company would be obligated to apply or cause its
subsidiary to apply an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Net Cash
Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Asset Sale Offer
Trigger Date as permitted by the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c) of the
immediately preceding sentence (each an "Asset Sale Offer Amount") to make an
offer to purchase for cash (an "Asset Sale Offer") from all holders on a pro
rata basis that amount of Convertible Subordinated Notes equal to the Asset
Sale Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the
Convertible Subordinated Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid
interest thereon to the date of repurchase. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
an Asset Sale Offer Amount is less than $10 million, the application of such
Asset Sale Offer Amount to an Asset Sale Offer may be deferred until such time
as such Asset Sale Offer Amount plus the aggregate amount of all Asset Sale
Offer Amounts arising subsequent to such Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date from
all Asset Sales by the Company and its subsidiaries aggregates at least $10
million, at which time the Company or such subsidiary shall apply all Asset
Sale Offer Amounts that have been so deferred to make an Asset Sale Offer (the
first date the aggregate of all such deferred Asset Sale Offer Amounts is
equal to $10 million or more shall be deemed to be an "Asset Sale Offer
Trigger Date").
In the event of the transfer of substantially all (but not all) of the
property and assets of the Company as an entirety to a Person in a transaction
permitted under "--Merger and Consolidation" below, the successor Person shall
be deemed to have sold the properties and assets of the Company not so
transferred for purposes of this covenant, and shall comply with the
provisions of this covenant with respect to such deemed sale as if it were an
Asset Sale.
Each Asset Sale Offer will be mailed to the holders of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes at the addresses shown on the register of holders
maintained by the registrar, with a copy to the Trustee and
71
<PAGE>
the paying agent, within ten days following the applicable Asset Sale Offer
Trigger Date, and shall comply with each of the procedures for notice set
forth in the Indenture. Each Asset Sale Offer shall remain open until a
specified date (the "Asset Sale Offer Termination Date") which is at least 20
business days from the date such Asset Sale Offer is mailed. During the period
specified in the Asset Sale Offer, holders may elect to tender their
Convertible Subordinated Notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of
$1,000 in exchange for cash. Payment shall be made by the Company (or
applicable subsidiary) in respect of Convertible Subordinated Notes properly
tendered pursuant to this section on a specified business day which shall be
no earlier than three business days after the Asset Sale Offer Termination
Date and no later than 60 days after such applicable Asset Sale Offer Trigger
Date. To the extent holders properly tender Convertible Subordinated Notes in
an amount exceeding the Asset Sale Offer Amount, Convertible Subordinated
Notes of tendering holders will be repurchased on a pro rata basis (based on
amounts tendered).
If an offer is made to repurchase the Convertible Subordinated Notes
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will and will cause its
subsidiaries to comply with all tender offer rules under state and federal
securities laws, including, but not limited to, Section 14(e) under the
Exchange Act and Rule 14e-1 thereunder, to the extent applicable to such
offer.
Any event which would require the Company or its subsidiary to offer to
purchase Convertible Subordinated Notes after an Asset Sale would also require
the Company to repay amounts outstanding under its Revolving Credit Agreement,
and to offer to repay its 9.33% Senior Notes due 2002 and 9.35% Senior Notes
due 2000. The rights of the holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes to
receive the Asset Sale Offer Amount or any other amount due on the Convertible
Subordinated Notes are subordinated to the rights of the holders of Senior
Indebtedness (including Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Agreement, the
9.35% Senior Notes due 2000 and the 9.33% Senior Notes due 2002) in the manner
set forth in the Indenture. See "--Subordination" and "--Events of Default."
The Company's and its subsidaries' ability to repurchase the Convertible
Subordinated Notes in an Asset Sale Offer may also be restricted or otherwise
limited by the terms of other then-existing borrowing agreements and by the
Company's financial position.
REPORTS
So long as any Convertible Subordinated Note is outstanding, the Company
shall file with the Commission and, within 15 days after it files them with
the Commission, file with the Trustee and thereafter promptly mail or promptly
cause the Trustee to mail to the holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes
at their addresses as set forth in the register of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes, copies of the annual reports and of the information,
documents and other reports which the Company is required to file with the
Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or which the
Company would be required to file with the Commission if the Company then had
a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, the
Company shall cause its annual report to stockholders and any quarterly or
other financial reports furnished to its stockholders generally to be filed
with the Trustee no later than the date such materials are mailed or made
available to the Company's stockholders, and thereafter mailed promptly to the
holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes at their addresses as set forth
in the register of Convertible Subordinated Notes.
MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION
Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company shall not, in a single
transaction or series of related transactions, consolidate or merge with or
into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its assets to, any Person or adopt a Plan of Liquidation
unless: (a) either (i) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing
corporation or (ii) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged, or the Person which
acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease the properties and assets of the
Company substantially as an
72
<PAGE>
entirety or, in the case of a Plan of Liquidation, the Person to which all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company have been transferred (1) shall
be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United
States or any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (2) shall
expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the
Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if
any, and interest on all of the Convertible Subordinated Notes and the
performance of every covenant of the Convertible Subordinated Notes and the
Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed; (b)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction and any assumption
contemplated by clause (a) (ii) (2) above (including giving effect to any
Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred
in connection with or in respect of such transaction), the Company (in the
case of clause (i) of the foregoing clause (a)) or such Person (in the case of
clause (ii) thereof) shall have a Consolidated Net Worth (immediately after
the transaction but prior to any purchase accounting adjustments relating to
such transaction) equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the
Company immediately prior to such transaction; (c) immediately before and
after giving effect to such transaction and any assumption contemplated by
clause (a)(ii)(2) above (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and
Acquired Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection
with or in respect of the transaction) no Default and no Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing; and (d) the Company or such Person
shall have delivered to the Trustee (i) an officers' certificate and an
opinion of counsel (which counsel may be in-house counsel of the Company),
each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease or
Plan of Liquidation and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection
with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, comply with the Indenture
and that all conditions precedent in the Indenture relating to such
transaction have been satisfied and (ii) a certification from the Company's
independent certified public accountants stating that the Company has made the
calculations required by clause (b) above in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture.
For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or
otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more subsidiaries of
the Company, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all
of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the
transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the
Company.
Upon any such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, conveyance, lease or
transfer in accordance with the foregoing, the successor Person formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such sale,
assignment, conveyance, lease or transfer is made will succeed to, and be
substituted for, and any exercise every right and power of, the Company under
the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the
Company therein, and thereafter (except in the case of a sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition) the predecessor corporation
will be relieved of all further obligations and covenants under the Indenture
and the Convertible Subordinated Notes.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
The following are the Events of Default under the Indenture:
a. default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, on the
Convertible Subordinated Notes when due at maturity, upon repurchase, upon
acceleration or otherwise, including, without limitation, failure of the
Company to repurchase the Convertible Subordinated Notes on the date
required pursuant to "--Limitation on Sale of Assets" above or following a
Change of Control or failure to make any optional redemption payment when
due, whether or not any such payment is prohibited by the provisions
described under "--Subordination" above, or
b. default in the payment of any installment of interest on the
Convertible Subordinated Notes when due (including any interest payable in
connection with any optional redemption payment) and
73
<PAGE>
continuance of such default for more than 30 days, whether or not such
payment is prohibited by the provisions described under "--Subordination"
above, or
c. failure of the Company to observe, perform or comply with any of the
provisions described under "--Change of Control," "--Limitation on Sale of
Assets" and "--Merger and Consolidation" above, and the failure to remedy
such failure prior to the receipt of written notice from the Trustee or the
holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Convertible Subordinated Notes, or
d. default (other than a default set forth in clauses (a), (b) and (c)
above) in the performance of, or breach of, any other covenant or warranty
of the Company in the Indenture or the Convertible Subordinated Notes and
failure to remedy such default or breach within a period of 60 days after
the receipt of written notice from the Trustee or the holders of at least
25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Convertible
Subordinated Notes, or
e. if any Indebtedness (other than the Convertible Subordinated Notes) of
the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company, whether such Indebtedness
exists on the Issue Date or shall be incurred thereafter, having,
individually or in the aggregate, an outstanding principal amount of $15
million or more, either (i) is declared due and payable prior to its stated
maturity or (ii) is not paid upon the final maturity of such Indebtedness;
or
f. the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of one or more
judgments or orders against the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or
any of their respective property or assets in an aggregate amount in excess
of $15 million and that are not covered by insurance written by third
parties, which judgments or orders have not been vacated, discharged,
satisfied or stayed pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof,
or
g. certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization involving
the Company or any Material Subsidiary of the Company.
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause
(g) above) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee,
by written notice to the Company (with a copy to the Bank Agent and each of
the holders of the Company's 9.33% Senior Notes and its 9.35% Senior Notes and
any other representative of Designated Senior Indebtedness), or the holders of
not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Convertible Subordinated Notes, by written notice to the Company and the
Trustee (with a copy to the Bank Agent and each of the holders of the
Company's 9.33% Senior Notes and its 9.35% Senior Notes and any other
representative of Designated Senior Indebtedness), may declare the unpaid
principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all the
Convertible Subordinated Notes then outstanding to be due and payable,
provided, however, that failure to provide a copy of such notice to any party
other than the Company and the Trustee shall have no effect on any such
declaration. Upon such declaration such principal amount, premium, if any, and
accrued and unpaid interest will become immediately due and payable,
notwithstanding anything contained in the Indenture or the Convertible
Subordinated Notes to the contrary, but subject to the provisions limiting
payment described in "--Subordination" provided, further, that so long as any
Designated Senior Indebtedness is outstanding, any such declaration shall not
be effective until the earlier of (a) five business days after the delivery of
such notice to the Company or (b) the acceleration of any Designated Senior
Indebtedness. If any Event of Default specified in clause (g) above occurs,
all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest
on, the Convertible Subordinated Notes then outstanding will automatically
become due and payable, subject to the provisions described in "--
Subordination", without any declaration or other act on the part of the
Trustee or any holder of Convertible Subordinated Notes.
Holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes may not enforce the Indenture
or the Convertible Subordinated Notes except as provided in the Indenture.
Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or
powers under the Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the
holders, unless such holders have offered to
74
<PAGE>
the Trustee an indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense. Subject to all provisions of the Indenture and applicable law, the
holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Convertible Subordinated Notes have the right to direct the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustees or
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. If a Default or Event
of Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Indenture
requires the Trustee to mail a notice of Default or Event of Default to each
holder of Convertible Subordinated Notes within 60 days of the occurrence of
such Default or Event of Default, provided, however, that the Trustee may
withhold from such holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of
Default (except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of,
or premium, if any, or interest on the Convertible Subordinated Notes) if it
determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Subordinated Notes
then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may rescind any acceleration of the
Convertible Subordinated Notes and its consequences if all existing Events of
Default (other than the nonpayment of principal of and premium, if any, and
interest on the Convertible Subordinated Notes which has become due solely by
virtue of such acceleration) have been cured or waived and if the rescission
would not conflict with any judgment or decree of any court of competent
jurisdiction. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or Event
of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes then outstanding may, on behalf of the holders of all the
Convertible Subordinated Notes, waive any past Default or Event of Default
under the Indenture and its consequences, except Default in the payment of
principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Convertible Subordinated
Notes (other than the non-payment of principal of and premium, if any, and
interest on the Convertible Subordinated Notes which has become due solely by
virtue of an acceleration which has been duly rescinded as provided above) or
in respect of a covenant or provision of the Indenture which cannot be
modified or amended without the consent of all holders of Convertible
Subordinated Notes.
Under the Indenture, two officers of the Company are required to provide a
certificate to the Trustee promptly upon any such officer obtaining knowledge
of any Default or Event of Default (provided that such officers shall provide
such certification at least annually whether or not they know of any Default
or Event of Default) that has occurred and, if applicable, describe such
Default or Event of Default and the status thereof. In addition, for each
fiscal year, the Company's independent certified public accountants are
required to certify to the Trustee that they have reviewed the terms of the
Indenture and the Convertible Subordinated Notes as they relate to accounting
matters and whether, during the course of their audit examination, any Default
or Event of Default has come to their attention, and specifying the nature and
period of existence any such Default or Event of Default.
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
The Indenture (including the terms and conditions of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes) may be modified or amended by the Company and the Trustee,
without the consent of the holder of any Convertible Subordinated Notes, for
the purposes of (a) adding to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of
the holders of Convertible Subordinated Notes; (b) surrendering any right or
power conferred upon the Company; (c) providing for conversion rights of
holders of Convertible Subordinated Notes in the event of consolidation,
merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (d)
evidencing the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption
by such successor of the covenants and obligations of the Company thereunder
and in the Convertible Subordinated Notes as permitted by the Indenture; (e)
reducing the Conversion Price, provided that such reduction will not adversely
affect the interests of holders of Convertible Subordinated Notes in any
material respect; or (f) curing any ambiguity or correcting or supplementing
any defective provision contained in the Indenture, or making any other
changes in the provisions of the Indenture which the Company and the Trustee
may deem necessary or desirable and which will not adversely affect the
interests of the holders of Convertible Subordinated Notes.
75
<PAGE>
The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee,
with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Convertible Subordinated Notes, to
enter into any supplemental indenture for the purpose of adding, changing or
eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture, or of modifying in any
manner the rights of the holders under the Indenture, provided that no such
supplemental indenture may without the consent of the holder of each
outstanding Convertible Subordinated Note affected thereby: (a) reduce the
amount of Convertible Subordinated Notes whose holders must consent to an
amendment or waiver; (b) reduce the rate of, or extend the time for payment
of, interest, including defaulted interest, on any Convertible Subordinated
Note; (c) reduce the principal of or premium on or change the fixed maturity
of any Convertible Subordinated Note or alter the redemption provisions with
respect thereto; (d) make the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest
on, any Convertible Subordinated Note payable in money other than as provided
for in the Indenture and the Convertible Subordinated Notes; (e) waive
continuing default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or
interest on, or redemption or repurchase payment with respect to, any
Convertible Subordinated Notes, including, without limitation, a continuing
failure to make payment when required upon a Change of Control or after an
Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date; (f) after the Company's obligation to purchase
the Convertible Subordinated Notes arises under the Indenture amend, modify or
change the obligation of the Company to make or consummate a Change of Control
Offer in the event of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale Offer in the event
of an Asset Sale Offer Trigger Date or waive any default in the performance
thereof or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect to any
such offers; (g) modify the provisions of the Indenture relating to conversion
of or subordination of the Convertible Subordinated Notes in a manner adverse
to the holders thereof; or (h) make any change in provisions relating to
waivers of defaults, the ability of holders to enforce their rights under the
Indenture or the matters discussed in these clauses (a) through (h).
An amendment to the Indenture may not adversely affect the rights under the
subordination provisions thereof of the holders of any issue of Designated
Senior Indebtedness (including the Senior Notes) without the consent of such
holders.
DEFEASANCE
The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its
obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Convertible
Subordinated Notes ("legal defeasance") except for (i) the rights of holders
of outstanding Convertible Subordinated Notes to receive payments in respect
of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Convertible
Subordinated Notes when such payments are due, (ii) the Company's obligations
with respect to the Convertible Subordinated Notes concerning issuing
temporary Convertible Subordinated Notes, registration of Convertible
Subordinated Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Convertible
Subordinated Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and
money for security payments held in trust, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts,
duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company's obligations in
connection therewith and (iv) the legal defeasance provisions of the
Indenture. In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect
to have the obligations of the Company released with respect to certain
covenants that are described in the Indenture ("covenant defeasance") and
thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a
Default or Event of Default with respect to the Convertible Subordinated
Notes. In the event covenant defeasance occurs, certain events (not including
non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events)
described under "Events of Default" will no longer constitute an Event of
Default with respect to the Convertible Subordinated Notes.
In order to exercise either legal defeasance or covenant defeasance, (i) the
Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit
of the holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes, cash in U.S. dollars,
non-callable government securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts
as will be sufficient, in the opinion of the Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, to pay
76
<PAGE>
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Convertible
Subordinated Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption
date, as the case may be, of such principal or installment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on the outstanding Convertible Subordinated
Notes, provided that such deposit does not violate the subordination
provisions of the Indenture; (ii) in the case of legal defeasance, the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has
received from, or there has been published by, the IRS a ruling or (B) since
the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal
income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such
opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the holders of the outstanding
Convertible Subordinated Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at
the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not
occurred; (iii) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the holders of the outstanding
Convertible Subordinated Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will
be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and
at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had
not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such deposit; (v) such legal defeasance or covenant
defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a
default under any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture)
to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound; (vi) the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that
after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject
to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally; (vii) the Company shall
have delivered to the Trustee an officers' certificate stating that the
deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the holders
of Convertible Subordinated Notes over the other creditors of the Company with
the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the
Company or others; and (viii) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee
an officers' certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent provided for relating to the legal defeasance or the
covenant defeasance have been complied with.
GOVERNING LAW
The Indenture will provide that the Convertible Subordinated Notes will be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New
York without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law.
THE TRUSTEE
The Indenture will provide that, except during the continuance of an Event
of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set
forth in the Indenture. In case an Event of Default shall occur (and shall not
be cured) and holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes have notified the
Trustee, the Trustee will be required to exercise its powers with the degree
of care and skill of a prudent person in the conduct of such person's own
affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee is under no obligation to
exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any
of the holders of Convertible Subordinated Notes, unless they shall have
offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it.
The Indenture and the TIA will contain certain limitations on the rights of
the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of
claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received in respect
of any such claim as security or otherwise. Subject to the TIA, the Trustee
will be permitted to engage in other transactions, provided, however, that if
it acquires any conflicting interest (as described in the TIA), it must
eliminate such conflict or resign.
77
<PAGE>
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
"Acquired Indebtedness" of any specified Person means Indebtedness of any
other Person and its subsidiaries existing at the time such other Person
merged with or into or became a subsidiary of such specified Person or assumed
by the specified Person in connection with the acquisition of assets from such
other Person including, without limitation, Indebtedness of such other Person
and its subsidiaries incurred in connection with or in anticipation of (a)
such other Person and its subsidiaries being merged with or into or becoming a
subsidiary of such specified Person or (b) such acquisition by the specified
Person.
"Affiliate" means, when used with reference to any Person, any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect
common control with, the referent Person, as the case may be, or any Person
who beneficially owns (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the equity interests
of the referent Person or warrants, options or other rights to acquire or hold
more than 10% of any class of equity interests of the referent Person. For the
purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified
Person means the power to direct or cause the direction of management or
policies of the referent Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative of the foregoing.
"Asset Sale" means any sale, lease, transfer, exchange or other disposition
by the Company or any subsidiary (or series of related sales, leases,
transfers, exchanges or dispositions) in excess of $1,000,000, including,
without limitation, dispositions pursuant to merger, consolidation or sale and
leaseback transactions of (a) shares of Capital Stock of a subsidiary of the
Company (pro rated to the extent of the Company's interest therein), (b) all
or substantially all of the properties and assets of any division or line of
business of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or (c) any other
property or assets of the Company (pro rated to the extent of the Company's
interest therein) or of any subsidiary of the Company (pro rated to the extent
of the Company's interest therein), (each referred to for purposes of this
definition as a "disposition") by the Company or by any of its subsidiaries
(other than (i) dispositions by the Company to a wholly owned subsidiary of
the Company or by a subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Company, (ii) sales or other dispositions of inventory
in the ordinary course of business, (iii) any disposition of properties or
assets is consummated in accordance with the provisions of "--Merger and
Consolidation" above, (iv) any disposition of any account receivable pursuant
to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (v) dispositions by the Company or any
subsidiary of the Company of the business jet related product line, the
overhaul and repair business as conducted by Rohr Aero Services, Inc. and Rohr
Aero Services Europe, respectively, on the Issue Date, the Hagerstown,
Maryland plant and the Auburn, Washington plant, in each case, including
related assets, (vi) the disposition by the Company or any subsidiary of the
Company of interests owned on the Issue Date in two trusts which own an Airbus
A300 aircraft and a McDonnell Douglas DC10 aircraft, respectively and (vii)
the disposition of Building 107 (at the Company's facility in Chula Vista,
California) to (A) any pension plan of the Company or (B) to any other Person
if the net proceeds of such disposition are delivered to any pension plan
referred to in clause (A) of this definition, in either case resulting in the
full satisfaction (or in case the full amount of such net proceeds are so
delivered and shall be insufficient to effect such full satisfaction, the
partial satisfaction) of the Company's funding liabilities with respect to any
such pension plan or plans).
"Bank Agent" means, at any time, the then-acting agent under the Revolving
Credit Agreement, which shall initially be Citicorp USA, Inc.
"Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares,
interests, participation, rights in, or other equivalents (however designated
and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person's capital stock, including
each class of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of such Person, whether
outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and any and all
rights, warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such capital
stock (but excluding any debt security that is exchangeable for or convertible
into such capital stock).
78
<PAGE>
"Capitalized Lease Obligation" means any obligation under a lease that is
required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease obligation under
GAAP and, for purposes of the Indenture, the amount of such obligations at any
date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date,
determined in accordance with GAAP. The stated maturity of such obligation
shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under
such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by
the lessee without penalty.
"Cash Equivalents" means (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or
unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any
agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in
each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b)
marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of
America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public
instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings
obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S & P") or Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), (c) commercial paper maturing no more than
one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition,
having a rating of at least A-1 from S & P or at least P-1 from Moody's, (d)
certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances maturing within one year from
the date of acquisition thereof issued by any commercial bank organized under
the laws of the United State of America or any state thereof or the District of
Columbia or any United States branch of a foreign bank having, at the date of
acquisition thereof, combined capital and surplus of not less than $250
million, (e) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into
with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (d) above and (f)
investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets
in securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (e) above.
"Common Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests or other
participation in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting
or non-voting) of any Person's common stock, whether outstanding on the Issue
Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all
series and classes of such common stock.
"Consolidated Net Worth" of a Person at any date means the Consolidated
Stockholders' Equity of such Person less (a) the amount of any gain resulting,
directly or indirectly, from the extinguishment, retirement or repurchase of
any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its subsidiaries, (b) any revaluation
or other write-ups subsequent to the Issue Date in the book value of any asset
owned by such Person or a Consolidated Subsidiary and (c) any amounts
attributable to the cost of treasury stock and the principal amount of any
promissory notes receivable from the sale of Capital Stock of such Person or of
any of its subsidiaries. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, net deferred
income tax assets recorded in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes ("SFAS 109"), shall be
calculated without regard to any valuation allowance with respect to such net
deferred tax asset recorded by the Company in accordance with SFAS 109.
"Consolidated Stockholders' Equity" as of any date means, with respect to any
Person, the amount by which the assets of such Person and of its subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis exceed (a) the total liabilities of such Person and of
its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, plus (b) any redeemable Preferred
Stock of such Person or any redeemable Preferred Stock of any subsidiary of
such Person issued to any Person other than to such Person or to a wholly owned
subsidiary of such Person, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Subsidiary" of any Person means a subsidiary which for
financial reporting purposes is or, in accordance with GAAP, should be
accounted for by such Person as a consolidated subsidiary.
79
<PAGE>
"Default" means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both
would be, an Event of Default.
"Event of Default" has the meaning set forth under "--Events of Default"
herein.
"Fair Market Value" or "fair value" means, with respect to any asset or
property or Capital Stock, the price which could be negotiated in an arm's-
length, free market transaction, for cash, between an informed and willing
seller and an informed, willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue
pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair Market Value shall be
determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting reasonably and in
good faith and shall be evidenced by a written resolution of said Board of
Directors (certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company)
delivered to the Trustee, provided that if the aggregate non-cash consideration
to be received by the Company or any of its subsidiaries from any Asset Sale
shall exceed $10,000,000 then Fair Market Value shall be determined by an
Independent Financial Advisor.
"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession of the United States, which are in effect as of the Issue Date.
"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, at any date, any of the
following, without duplication, (a) any liability, contingent or otherwise, of
such Person (i) for borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender
is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof),
(ii) evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (iii) for the
payment of money relating to a Capitalized Lease Obligation or (iv) with
respect to an obligation (whether issued or assumed) relating to the deferred
purchase price of property but excluding advances, deposits, partial and
progress payments, unpaid wages and related employee obligations, trade
accounts payable and accrued liabilities in each case arising in the ordinary
course of business that are not overdue by 180 days or more or are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and
diligently conducted; (b) all conditional sale obligations and all obligations
under any title retention agreement (even if the rights and remedies of the
seller under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession
or sale of such property); (c) reimbursement obligations of such Person with
respect to letters of credit and all obligations of such Person in respect of
any banker's acceptance or similar credit transaction entered into in the
ordinary course of business; (d) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for
which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or
otherwise, to be secured by) any lien on any asset or property (including,
without limitation, leasehold interests and any other tangible or intangible
property) of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such
Person or is not otherwise such Person's legal liability, provided that if the
obligations so secured have not been assumed in full by such Person or are
otherwise not such Person's legal liability in full, the amount of such
Indebtedness for the purposes of this definition shall be limited to the lesser
of the amount of such Indebtedness secured by such lien or the Fair Market
Value of the assets or property securing such lien; and (e) all Indebtedness of
others guaranteed (including all dividends of other Persons the payment of
which is guaranteed), directly or indirectly, by such Person or that is
otherwise its legal liability or which such Person has agreed to purchase or
repurchase or in respect of which such Person has agreed contingently to supply
or advance funds.
"Independent Financial Advisor" means an accounting, appraisal or investment
banking firm of nationally recognized standing that is, in the reasonable and
good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, qualified to
perform the task for which such firm has been engaged and disinterested and
independent with respect to the Company and its Affiliates.
80
<PAGE>
"Issue Date" means the date on which the Convertible Subordinated Notes are
originally issued under the Indenture.
"Material Subsidiary" means, at any date of determination, any subsidiary of
the Company that, together with its subsidiaries, (i) for the most recent
fiscal year of the Company accounted for more than 5% of the consolidated
revenues of the Company or (ii) as of the end of such fiscal year, was the
owner of more than 5% of the consolidated assets of the Company, all as set
forth on the most recently available consolidated financial statements of the
Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal year prepared in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as then in effect.
"Maturity Date" means May 15, 2004.
"Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds of
such Asset Sale in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents, including payments in
respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding to the
principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form of
cash or Cash Equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are financed
or sold with recourse to the Company or any subsidiary of the Company) and
proceeds from the conversion of other property received when converted to cash
or Cash Equivalents, net of (a) reasonable third-party brokerage commissions
and other reasonable third-party fees and expenses (including fees and
expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale, (b)
provisions for all taxes as a result of such Asset Sale computed on a
consolidated basis reflecting the consolidated results of operations of the
Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (c) payments made to repay
Indebtedness or any other obligation outstanding at the time of such Asset
Sale that was incurred in accordance with the Indenture and that either (i) is
secured by a lien incurred in accordance with the Indenture on the property or
assets sold or (ii) is required to be paid as a result of such sale, in each
case to the extent actually repaid in cash and (d) appropriate amounts to be
provided by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company as a reserve against
liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including without limitation
pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to
environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations
associated with such Asset Sale, all as determined in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles as then in effect. For purposes of
this definition and "--Limitations on Sales of Assets" "cash" means U.S.
dollars or such money as is freely and readily convertible into U.S. dollars.
"Permitted Program Investment" means an investment in design, engineering,
tooling or similar costs related to a program undertaken by the Company in the
ordinary course of its business.
"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, estate, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or
political subdivision thereof.
"Plan of Liquidation" means a plan (including by operation of law) that
provides for, contemplates or the effectuation of which is preceded or
accompanied by (whether or not substantially contemporaneously) (i) the sale,
lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company otherwise than as an entirety or substantially as an
entirety and (ii) the distribution of all or substantially all of the proceeds
of such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition and all or substantially
all of the remaining assets of the Company to holders of Capital Stock of the
Company.
"Pooling and Servicing Agreement" means the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
dated as of December 23, 1992, among the Company, the Company's wholly owned
subsidiary, R.I. Receivables, Inc. and Bankers Trust Company, as trustee on
behalf of the Certificateholders (as defined therein), and related
documentation and any extension, renewal, modification, restatement or
replacement thereof (in whole or in part), and as the same may be amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided, however, the
investors in any such receivables program shall not obtain an
81
<PAGE>
interest in receivables sold under such program which exceeds $70 million in
aggregate principal amount at any one time.
"Preferred Stock" means the Capital Stock of any Person (other than the
Common Stock of such Person) of any class or classes (however designated) that
ranks prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets
upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of
such Person, to shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
"Representative" means the Bank Agent and each trustee, agent or other
representative of the holders of any class of Senior Indebtedness (or, with
respect to any class of Senior Indebtedness which does not have any such
trustee, agent or other representative, any holder of such Senior Indebtedness
acting with the consent of the required lenders necessary to bind such class of
Senior Indebtedness) who has been so identified in writing to the Trustee and
the Company, provided, however that solely for the purposes of instituting a
payment blockage with respect to the Convertible Subordinated Notes, (i) in the
case of the Company's 9.33% Senior Notes, holders, acting as a group, who
represent in writing to the Trustee and the Company that they are owners of
record of at least 66 2/3% in interest of the Company's outstanding 9.33%
Senior Notes, or in the case of the 9.35% Senior Notes, holders, acting as a
group, who represent in writing to the Trustee and the Company that they are
the owners of record of at least 66 2/3% in interest of the Company's
outstanding 9.35% Senior Notes.
"subsidiary" of any Person means (a) a corporation a majority of whose Voting
Stock is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person, by one or
more subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more subsidiaries
of such Person or (b) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such
Person, one or more subsidiaries of such Person or such Person and one or more
subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of
determination thereof, have (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii)
the power to elect or direct the election of the directors or other governing
body of such Person.
"Voting Stock" means, with respect to any Person, securities of any class or
classes of Capital Stock of such Person entitling the holders thereof (whether
at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has voting power by
reason of any contingency) to vote in the election of members of the board of
directors or other governing body of such Person.
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following discussion is a summary of the federal income tax consequences
expected to result to holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes from the
purchase, ownership and disposition of the Convertible Subordinated Notes. The
summary is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code"), applicable Treasury regulations, judicial authority
and administrative rulings and practice. There can be no assurance that the IRS
will not take a contrary view, and no ruling from the IRS has been or will be
sought. Legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may
be forthcoming that could alter or modify the statements and conclusions set
forth herein. Any such changes or interpretations may or may not be retroactive
and could affect the tax consequences to holders.
The following summary of federal income tax consequences is based on current
law and is for general information only. The tax treatment of a holder of
Convertible Subordinated Notes may vary depending upon his or her particular
situation. Certain holders (including insurance companies, tax-exempt
organizations, financial institutions or broker-dealers, foreign corporations
and persons who are not citizens or residents of the United States) may be
subject to special rules not discussed below. EACH PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT HIS
OR HER TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HIM OR HER OF
PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF THE CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES,
INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS.
82
<PAGE>
STATED INTEREST
A holder of a Convertible Subordinated Note will be required to report as
income for federal income tax purposes interest earned on a Convertible
Subordinated Note in accordance with the holder's method of tax accounting. A
holder of a Convertible Subordinated Note using the accrual method of
accounting for tax purposes is, as a general rule, required to include interest
in ordinary income as such interest accrues, while a cash basis holder must
include interest in income when cash payments of interest are received (or made
available for receipt).
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF A CONVERSION
A holder of Convertible Subordinated Notes should not recognize gain or loss
on the conversion of the Convertible Subordinated Notes into Common Stock
except with respect to cash, if any, received in lieu of fractional shares. To
the extent the Convertible Subordinated Notes converted are subject to accrued
market discount, the amount of the accrued market discount will carry over to
the Common Stock acquired on conversion and will be treated as interest income
on disposition of that Common Stock. The holding period of the Common Stock
received upon conversion of Convertible Subordinated Notes will include the
period during which the Convertible Subordinated Notes were held (provided the
Convertible Subordinated Notes were capital assets in the hands of the holder
prior to conversion), and the holder's aggregate tax basis in that Common Stock
will be equal to his or her tax basis in the Convertible Subordinated Notes so
converted (less the portion of such tax basis allocable to fractional shares of
Common Stock). A holder of Convertible Subordinated Notes will recognize
taxable gain or loss on cash received in lieu of fractional shares of Common
Stock equal to the difference between the amount of cash received and the
portion of the holder's tax basis in the Convertible Subordinated Notes
attributable to those fractional shares. Such gain or loss should be capital
gain or loss so long as the converted Convertible Subordinated Notes constitute
capital assets in the holder's hands and provided the receipt of the cash is
not essentially equivalent to a dividend.
Adjustments in the Conversion Price of the Convertible Subordinated Notes
made pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions thereof to reflect taxable
distributions of cash or property to holders of Common Stock may result in
constructive distributions to holders of Convertible Subordinated Notes that
could be taxable to them as dividends pursuant to Section 305 of the Code.
MARKET DISCOUNT
Purchasers of Convertible Subordinated Notes should be aware that the tax
consequences of holding and disposing of Convertible Subordinated Notes may be
affected by the market discount provisions of the Code. These rules generally
provide that, subject to a statutorily defined de minimis exception, if a
holder of a debt instrument purchases it for an amount less than its stated
redemption price at maturity (which, in the case of a Convertible Subordinated
Note, should equal its principal amount) (the difference being "market
discount") and thereafter recognizes gain upon a disposition, full or partial
redemption or gift of the debt instrument (or the Common Stock into which it
was converted), the lesser of such gain (or appreciation, in the case of a
gift) or the portion of the market discount that accrued while the debt
instrument was held by such holder will be treated as ordinary interest income
at the time of the disposition. The market discount rules also provide that a
holder who acquires a debt instrument at a market discount (and who does not
elect to include such market discount in income on a current basis) may be
required to defer a portion of any interest expense that may otherwise be
deductible on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry such
debt instrument until the holder disposes of such debt instrument in a taxable
transaction.
The Convertible Subordinated Notes provide that they may be redeemed, in
whole or in part, before maturity. If some or all of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes are redeemed in part, each holder of a Convertible
Subordinated Note acquired at a market discount would be required to treat the
principal payment as ordinary interest income to the extent of any accrued
market discount on such Convertible Subordinated Note.
83
<PAGE>
A holder of a debt instrument acquired at a market discount may elect to
have market discount accrue on a constant interest rate basis (as opposed to a
straight line basis). In addition, a holder of a
debt instrument acquired at a market discount may elect to include the market
discount in income as the discount thereon accrues, either on a straight line
basis or, if elected, on a constant interest rate basis. The current inclusion
election, once made, applies to all market discount obligations acquired by
such holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the
election applies, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. If a
holder of a Convertible Subordinated Note elects to include market discount in
income as the market discount accrues, the foregoing rules with respect to the
recognition of ordinary income on a sale or certain other dispositions of such
Convertible Subordinated Note and the deferral of interest deductions on
indebtedness related to such Convertible Subordinated Note would not apply,
and the accrued market discount will be added to the holder's basis in such
Convertible Subordinated Note.
AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM
Generally, if the tax basis of an obligation held as a capital asset exceeds
the amount payable at maturity of the obligation, such excess, to the extent
it is not attributable to the conversion feature of the obligation, may
constitute "amortizable bond premium" that the holder may elect to amortize
under the constant interest rate method and deduct over the period from his or
her acquisition date to the obligation's maturity date. A holder who elects to
amortize bond premium must reduce his or her tax basis in the related
obligation by the amount of the aggregate deductions allowable for amortizable
bond premium.
In the case of a debt instrument, such as a Convertible Subordinated Note,
that may be redeemed at a premium prior to maturity, an earlier redemption
date of the debt instrument is treated as the maturity date of the debt
instrument and the amount of bond premium is determined by treating the amount
payable on such redemption date as the amount payable at maturity if such a
calculation produces a smaller amortizable bond premium for the period prior
to the earlier call date than the method described in the preceding paragraph.
If a holder of a debt instrument is required to amortize and deduct bond
premium by reference to a certain redemption date, the debt instrument will be
treated as maturing on such date for the amount payable, and, if not redeemed
on such date, the debt instrument will be treated as reissued on such date for
the amount so payable. If a debt instrument purchased at a premium is redeemed
prior to its maturity, a purchaser who has elected to deduct bond premium may
deduct any loss as an ordinary loss in the taxable year of redemption to the
extent of any remaining unamortized bond premium.
The amortizable bond premium deduction is treated as an offset to interest
income on the related security for federal income tax purposes. Each
prospective purchaser is urged to consult his or her tax advisor as to the
consequences of the treatment of such bond premium as an offset to interest
income for federal income tax purposes.
DISPOSITION OF CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES OR COMMON STOCK
In general, a holder of a Convertible Subordinated Note (or the Common Stock
into which it was converted) will recognize gain or loss upon the sale,
exchange, redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of the
Convertible Subordinated Note or Common Stock measured by the difference
between (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of property received
and (ii) the holder's tax basis in the Convertible Subordinated Note or Common
Stock (as increased by any market discount previously included in income and
decreased by any amortizable bond premium deducted over the term of the
Convertible Subordinated Note). Subject to the market discount and amortizable
bond premium rules discussed above, any such gain or loss will generally be
long-term capital or loss, provided the Convertible Subordinated Notes or
Common Stock were capital assets in the hands of the holder and had been held
for more than one year. As stated above, the holding period of Common Stock
generally will include the holding period of the Convertible Subordinated Note
that was converted into such Common Stock.
84
<PAGE>
BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING
A holder of Convertible Subordinated Notes or Common Stock may be subject to
backup withholding at the rate of 31% with respect to interest paid on,
dividends paid on and gross proceeds from the sale of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes and Common Stock unless (a) such holder is a corporation or
comes within certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates
this fact or (b) provides a correct taxpayer identification number, certifies
as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding and otherwise complies with
applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A holder of
Convertible Subordinated Notes or Common Stock who does not provide the Company
with his or her correct taxpayer identification number may be subject to
penalties imposed by the IRS.
The Company will report to the holders of the Convertible Subordinated Notes
and Common Stock and the IRS the amount of any "reportable payments" (including
any interest paid on the Convertible Subordinated Notes) and any amount
withheld with respect to the Convertible Subordinated Notes and Common Stock
during the calendar year.
THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS FOR
GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY, EACH PURCHASER OF
CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER TAX ADVISOR WITH
RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HIM OR HER, INCLUDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES
UNDER STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS, OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND
DISPOSITION OF THE CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES.
DESCRIPTION OF CONCURRENT FINANCING
SENIOR NOTES DUE 2003
In connection with the Offering, the Company is concurrently offering,
pursuant to a separate prospectus, the Senior Notes which will mature on May
15, 2003. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semiannually, on May 15 and
November 15 of each year, commencing November 15, 1994. The Senior Notes are
redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on
and after May 15, 1999, at the redemption prices specified in the Senior Notes,
plus accrued interest. The Senior Notes do not provide for any sinking fund.
Upon a Change of Control, the holders of the Senior Notes will have the right,
subject to certain restrictions and conditions, to require the Company to
purchase all or any part of the Senior Notes at 101% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase. The Senior
Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Company, senior in right of
payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Company and
pari passu in right of payment with all other indebtedness of the Company.
85
<PAGE>
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement"), among the Company and the Underwriter, the
Company has agreed to sell to the Underwriter, and the Underwriter has agreed
to purchase, the principal amount of the Convertible Subordinated Notes set
forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
OF CONVERTIBLE
UNDERWRITER SUBORDINATED NOTES
----------- ------------------
<S> <C>
Salomon Brothers Inc.................................. $50,000,000
</TABLE>
In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriter has agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, that the obligations of the Underwriter
are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the Underwriter will be
obligated to purchase the entire principal amount of the Convertible
Subordinated Notes offered hereby if any Convertible Subordinated Notes are
purchased.
The Company has been advised by the Underwriter that it proposes to offer the
Convertible Subordinated Notes directly to the public at the initial public
offering price set forth on the cover of this Prospectus and to certain dealers
at such price less a concession of not more than 1.8% of the principal amount
of the Convertible Subordinated Notes. The Underwriter may allow, and such
dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of 0.3% of the principal amount
of the Convertible Subordinated Notes. After the initial public offering of the
Convertible Subordinated Notes, the public offering price and such concessions
may be changed.
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Company will indemnify the
Underwriter against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the
Security Act, or contribute to payments that the Underwriter may be required to
make in respect thereof.
Except for certain exceptions pertaining to certain employee benefit plans,
outstanding options and warrants to purchase Common Stock and Securities
convertible into Common Stock, the Company has agreed that it will not, without
the prior written consent of the Underwriter, for a period of 180 days after
the date on which the Underwriting Agreement is executed, directly or
indirectly, offer to sell, sell, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise
dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Common Stock, or any right or
option to acquire any such shares or securities. Sales by the Company to the
Underwriter are exempt from such restriction.
Application has been made to list the Convertible Subordinated Notes on the
New York Stock Exchange. However, no assurance can be given that any market for
the Securities will develop. See "Risk Factors--Absence of Public Market for
the Securities."
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters in connection with the issuance of the Securities will
be passed upon for the Company by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, San Diego,
California, and for the Underwriter by Latham & Watkins, Los Angeles,
California.
EXPERTS
The financial statements and the related financial statement schedules as of
July 31, 1993 and 1992 and for each of the three years in the period ended July
31, 1993, included and incorporated by reference in this Prospectus, have been
audited by Deloitte & Touche, independent auditors, as stated in their reports
which are included and incorporated by reference herein, and have been so
included and incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
86
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Financial Statements:
Independent Auditors' Report F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets--January 30, 1994, July 31, 1993 and 1992 F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations--For the Six Months Ended January
30, 1994 and January 31, 1993 and the Years Ended July 31, 1993, 1992
and 1991 F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity--For the Six Months
Ended January 30, 1994 and the Years Ended July 31, 1993 and 1992 F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows--For the Six Months Ended January
30, 1994 and January 31, 1993 and for the Years Ended July 31, 1993,
1992 and 1991 F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-7
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
TO THE SHAREHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF ROHR, INC.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Rohr, Inc.
and its subsidiaries as of July 31, 1993 and July 31, 1992, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 1993. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Rohr, Inc. and its subsidiaries as
of July 31, 1993 and July 31, 1992, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 1993, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, in fiscal
year 1993 the Company changed certain elements in the application of accounting
principles relating to long-term programs and contracts and changed its method
of accounting for income taxes and for post-retirement benefits other than
pensions.
Deloitte & Touche
San Diego, California
September 17, 1993
(March 28, 1994 as to Notes 7 and 8)
F-2
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT FOR SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ASSETS JULY 31,
------ JAN. 30, ----------------------
1994 1993 1992
----------- ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash and short-term investments............ $ 28,768 $ 42,186 $ 21,122
Accounts receivable........................ 94,126 94,140 133,153
Inventories:
Work-in-process.......................... 516,483 560,139 972,003
Raw materials, purchased parts and sup-
plies................................... 29,051 32,575 42,549
Less customers' progress payments and ad-
vances.................................. (133,380) (152,976) (181,575)
--------- ---------- ----------
Inventories--net......................... 412,154 439,738 832,977
Prepaid expenses and other current assets.. 15,539 16,861 21,118
Deferred tax asset......................... 13,723 13,654 --
--------- ---------- ----------
Total Current Assets................... 564,310 606,579 1,008,370
Property, Plant and Equipment.............. 499,388 496,452 531,239
Less accumulated depreciation and amorti-
zation.................................. (268,539) (257,407) (260,956)
--------- ---------- ----------
Property, plant and equipment--net....... 230,849 239,045 270,283
Investment in Leases....................... 37,735 38,233 39,446
Deferred Tax Asset......................... 88,915 89,348 --
Other Assets............................... 45,757 44,581 45,859
--------- ---------- ----------
$ 967,566 $1,017,786 $1,363,958
========= ========== ==========
<CAPTION>
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Trade accounts and other payables.......... $ 155,691 $ 166,916 $ 162,638
Salaries, wages and benefits............... 33,955 38,623 67,194
Taxes on income............................ -- -- 30,247
Short-term debt............................ -- -- 20,000
Current portion of long-term debt.......... 16,211 50,719 27,517
--------- ---------- ----------
Total Current Liabilities.............. 205,857 256,258 307,596
Long-Term Deferred Taxes on Income......... -- -- 43,458
Long-Term Debt............................. 467,214 480,889 525,077
Pension and Post-Retirement Obligations.... 69,246 63,040 25,785
Other Obligations.......................... 35,020 35,356 13,176
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 8)
Shareholders' Equity:
Preferred stock, $1 par value per share,
10 million shares authorized, none is-
sued.................................... -- -- --
Common stock, $1 par value per share, au-
thorized 50,000,000 shares; issued and
outstanding 18,017,930, 17,995,866 and
17,833,076 shares, respectively......... 18,018 17,996 17,833
Additional paid-in capital............... 102,541 102,312 101,261
Retained earnings........................ 82,976 75,241 329,772
Minimum pension liability adjustment..... (13,306) (13,306) --
--------- ---------- ----------
Total Shareholders' Equity............. 190,229 182,243 448,866
--------- ---------- ----------
$ 967,566 $1,017,786 $1,363,958
========= ========== ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT FOR PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
------------------- ----------------------------------
JAN. 30, JAN. 31,
1994 1993 1993 1992 1991
-------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales................... $484,823 $ 626,004 $1,175,152 $1,279,656 $1,385,086
Costs and Expenses...... 439,719 594,568 1,133,040 1,223,931 1,275,269
General and
Administrative
Expenses............... 13,446 22,467 43,800 10,167 9,239
-------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating Income (Loss). 31,658 8,969 (1,688) 45,558 100,578
Interest Income......... 520 405 928 3,666 1,119
Interest Expense........ 24,201 23,175 48,811 67,039 54,820
-------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income (Loss) Before
Taxes and Cumulative
Effect of
Accounting Changes..... 7,977 (13,801) (49,571) (17,815) 46,877
Taxes (Benefit) on
Income................. 242 (5,286) (18,990) (19,270) 16,360
-------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income (Loss) Before
Cumulative Effect of
Accounting Changes..... 7,735 (8,515) (30,581) 1,455 30,517
Cumulative Effect
Through July 31, 1992,
of Accounting Changes,
Net of Taxes........... -- (223,950) (223,950) -- --
-------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net Income (Loss)....... $ 7,735 $ (232,465) $ (254,531) $ 1,455 $ 30,517
======== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Net Income (Loss) per
Average Share of Common
Stock:
Income (Loss) Before
Cumulative Effect of
Accounting Changes... $ 0.43 $ (0.48) $ (1.71) $ 0.08 $ 1.74
Cumulative Effect
Through July 31, 1992
of Accounting
Changes, Net of
Taxes................ -- (12.52) (12.50) -- --
-------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net Income (Loss)....... $ 0.43 $ (13.00) $ (14.21) $ 0.08 $ 1.74
======== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Pro forma amounts
assuming the changes in
the application of
accounting principles
for
long-term programs and
contracts are applied
retroactively
(unaudited):
Net (Loss)............ $ (30,581) $ (36,271) $ (22,898)
Net (Loss) per Average
Share of Common
Stock................ $ (1.71) $ (2.05) $ (1.31)
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MINIMUM
COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL PENSION
PAR VALUE PAID-IN RETAINED LIABILITY
$1 A SHARE CAPITAL EARNINGS ADJUSTMENT
------------ ---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at August 1, 1991......... $17,497 $ 95,587 $328,317 $ --
Common stock issued to employee
benefit plans.................. 319 4,995
Stock plans activity............ 17 679
Net income...................... 1,455
------- -------- -------- --------
Balance at July 31, 1992.......... 17,833 101,261 329,772 --
Common stock issued to employee
benefit plans.................. 67 673
Stock plans activity............ 96 378
Net loss........................ (254,531)
Minimum Pension Liability
Adjustment (See Note 9a)....... (13,306)
------- -------- -------- --------
Balance at July 31, 1993.......... 17,996 102,312 75,241 (13,306)
Stock plans activity............ 22 229
Net Income...................... 7,735
------- -------- -------- --------
Balance at Jan. 30, 1994
(unaudited)...................... $18,018 $102,541 $ 82,976 $(13,306)
======= ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
------------------- -----------------------------
JAN. 30, JAN. 31,
1994 1993 1993 1992 1991
-------- --------- --------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
<CAPTION>
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operating Activities:
Net Income (loss)......... $ 7,735 $(232,465) $(254,531) $ 1,455 $ 30,517
Adjustments to reconcile
net income (loss) to net
cash provided by (used
in) operating
activities:
Cumulative effect of
accounting changes--net
of taxes............... -- 223,950 223,950 -- --
Depreciation and
amortization........... 11,693 12,648 25,578 27,855 27,721
Changes due to
(increase) decrease in
operating assets:
Accounts receivable... 6,998 (34,527) 84,013 53,174 (38,791)
Net inventories....... 27,584 9,954 34,447 5,990 (31,122)
Prepaid expenses and
other assets......... 1,322 8,106 4,514 10,910 (2,392)
Changes due to increase
(decrease) in operating
liabilities:
Trade accounts and
other payables....... (11,817) (13,848) (17,478) 27,362 (47,757)
Taxes on income and
deferred taxes....... 364 (9,717) (29,432) (20,816) (2,684)
Other................... 1,049 328 7,607 4,412 1,738
-------- --------- --------- -------- --------
Net Cash Provided by (Used
in) Operating Activities.. 44,928 (35,571) 78,668 110,342 (62,770)
-------- --------- --------- -------- --------
Investing Activities:
Proceeds from sale-lease-
back transactions........ -- 52,247 52,247 -- --
Purchase of property,
plant and equipment...... (2,949) (18,878) (27,536) (62,933) (32,383)
Other, including
investment in leases..... (390) (2,522) (1,180) 21,789 13,528
-------- --------- --------- -------- --------
Net Cash Provided by (Used
in) Investing Activities.. (3,339) 30,847 23,531 (41,144) (18,855)
-------- --------- --------- -------- --------
Financing Activities:
Issuance of 9.33% senior
notes.................... -- 62,000 62,000 -- --
Annual principal payment
on 9.35% senior notes.... (12,500) (12,500) (12,500) -- --
Issuance (repayment) of
medium-term notes........ (35,000) (10,000) (10,000) (5,000) 50,000
Net short-term borrowings
(repayments)............. -- 5,000 (20,000) (57,000) 17,000
Long-term borrowings
under revolving credit
agreement................ 81,000 80,000 90,000 300,000 180,000
Repayment of borrowings
under revolving credit
agreement................ (81,000) (50,000) (120,000) (290,000) (150,000)
Repayment of other long-
term borrowings.......... (649) (18,712) (36,387) (11,890) (11,883)
Net repayment of
receivable and
equivalents.............. -- (45,000) (45,000) (15,000) --
Proceeds from cash values
in insurance policies.... -- -- 9,984 -- --
Cash collateral for
receivables sales
program.................. (6,984) -- -- -- --
Stock contributions to
employee benefit plans... -- 741 741 5,314 --
Repurchase of common
stock on open market..... -- -- -- -- (3,375)
Other..................... 126 11 27 (58) (77)
-------- --------- --------- -------- --------
Net Cash Provided by (Used
in) Financing Activities.. (55,007) 11,540 (81,135) (73,634) 81,665
-------- --------- --------- -------- --------
Increase (Decrease in Cash
and Short-Term
Investments............... (13,418) 6,816 21,064 (4,436) 40
Cash and Short-Term
Investments, Beginning of
Period.................... 42,186 21,122 21,122 25,558 25,518
-------- --------- --------- -------- --------
Cash and Short-Term
Investments, End of
Period.................... $ 28,768 $ 27,938 $ 42,186 $ 21,122 $ 25,558
======== ========= ========= ======== ========
Supplemental Cash Flow
Information:
Cash paid for interest,
net of amounts
capitalized.............. $ 21,353 $ 20,422 $ 47,758 $ 53,936 $ 81,914
Cash paid (refunded) for
income taxes............. (178) 4,392 9,802 2,243 19,501
Non-Cash Investing and
Financing Activities:
Sale of receivables..... 60,000 20,000
Repurchase of
receivables or
inventory equivalents.. (105,000) (20,000)
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIODS ENDED JANUARY 30, 1994 AND JANUARY 31, 1993,
(UNAUDITED) AND THE YEARS ENDED JULY 31, 1993, 1992 AND 1991
The consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of July 31, 1993 and 1992
and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity and
cash flows for each of the three years ended July 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991 have
been audited by Deloitte & Touche, independent auditors. The consolidated
balance sheet as of January 30, 1994, the consolidated statements of operations
and statements of cash flows for the six-month periods ended January 30, 1994,
and January 31, 1993, and the consolidated statement of shareholders' equity
for the six-month period ended January 30, 1994, are unaudited but reflect all
adjustments (including normal recurring accruals) which are, in the opinion of
management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for
the interim periods. In the third quarter of fiscal 1993, the Company changed,
effective August 1, 1992, certain elements in the application of accounting
principles relating to long-term programs and contracts, as described in Note
2--Accounting Changes. The Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Note 1)
reflects the changed accounting policies in effect on August 1, 1992.
Financial results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of
results to be expected for the full year and, particularly in light of the
accounting policy changes referred to above and the substantial provisions
taken in the third quarters of fiscal 1992 and fiscal 1993, a comparison of the
interim periods may not be meaningful.
NOTE 1--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
a. Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated statements include the accounts of Rohr, Inc. and all
subsidiaries ("Company"). Total assets and sales of foreign subsidiaries are
not significant.
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years to conform to current
year presentation.
b. Sales and Earnings
The Company follows the guidelines of Statement of Position 81-1, "Accounting
for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts"
(the contract method of accounting) for certain commercial and all governmental
contracts, except that the Company's contract accounting policies differ from
the recommendations of SOP 81-1 with respect to the treatment of general and
administrative costs (prior to the accounting change described in Note 2) and
with respect to revisions of estimated profits on contracts which revisions are
included in earnings by the Company under the reallocation method rather than
the cumulative catch-up method recommended by SOP 81-1. Contract accounting
generally places limitations on the combining of contracts and prohibits the
anticipation of future contracts in determining the contract profit center.
Approximately one-half of the Company's sales during the fiscal year 1993 are
accounted for using the contract method of accounting. In the third quarter of
fiscal 1993, the Company made significant changes, effective August 1, 1992, to
certain elements of its application of accounting principles relating to its
long-term contracts as described in Note 2.
Several major commercial programs, under which spares and technical product
support are sold directly to airlines, are accounted for under the program
method of accounting, a method which existed in practice for many years prior
to the issuance of SOP 81-1. Guidelines for use of program accounting have been
developed in practice and are not codified by authoritative accounting
literature. This method
F-7
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
of accounting is followed by relatively few public companies in a limited
number of industries. It applies in situations where the economics of producing
and marketing the program product extend beyond the initial production order.
The most significant differences from contract accounting are that (1) the
quantity of units included in the profit center under program accounting
includes existing and anticipated contracts, and (2) program units may be sold
to more than one customer. The Company uses program accounting in those
circumstances where it is able to make reasonably dependable estimates of (1)
the value of anticipated production units and spares sales in future contracts,
(2) the length of time to produce and sell those additional production units
and spares, and (3) the production costs and selling prices associated with
such units and spares. Typically, the Company applies program accounting on
programs for which the Company is responsible for total systems integration and
continuing product support. The Company initially adopted the program method of
accounting in 1988 in response to the changing characteristics of its
contracting environment.
Profit is estimated based on the difference between total estimated revenue
and total estimated cost of a contract or program and is recognized evenly as a
uniform percentage of sales value on all remaining units to be delivered.
Current revenue does not anticipate higher or lower future prices, but includes
units delivered at actual sales prices. A constant contract or program margin
is achieved by deferring or accelerating a portion of the average unit cost on
each unit delivered. Cost includes the estimated cost of the pre-production
effort (primarily tooling and design), plus the cost of manufacturing both a
specified number of production units and, under the program method of
accounting, those spares which are expected to be delivered concurrently with
such production units. The specified number of production units used to
establish the profit margin is predicated upon market forecasts and does not
exceed the lesser of those quantities assumed in original program pricing or
those quantities which the Company now expects to deliver in the periods
assumed in original program pricing. The number of units used to estimate
profit margin is increased when firm orders exceed the number of units used for
pricing purposes (a firm order authorizes the Company to commence production).
Spares, as a percentage of total deliveries, increase as a program matures and
historically have been sold at higher prices than production units. This higher
price reflects, in part, additional costs related to technical and customer
support activities.
Under both the contract and program methods of accounting, the Company's
sales are primarily under fixed-price contracts, many of which contain
escalation clauses and require delivery of products over several years. Sales
and profits on each contract or program are recognized primarily in accordance
with the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, using the units-of-
delivery method. Revisions of estimated profits on contracts or programs are
included in earnings by the reallocation method, which spreads the change in
estimate over current and future deliveries. Any anticipated losses on
contracts or programs are charged to earnings when identified.
Both the contract and program methods of accounting involve the use of
various estimating techniques to project estimated costs at completion. These
estimates involve various assumptions and projections relative to the outcome
of future events. Paramount are assumptions relative to labor performance and
anticipated future labor rates, and projections relative to material and
overhead costs. These assumptions involve various levels of expected
performance improvements. The Company reevaluates its estimates quarterly for
all significant contracts and programs. Changes in estimates are reflected in
the current and future periods.
Included in sales are amounts arising from contract terms that provide for
invoicing a portion of the contract price at a date after delivery. Also
included are: negotiated values for units delivered; and
F-8
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
anticipated price adjustments for contract changes, claims, escalation, and
estimated earnings in excess of billing provisions resulting from the
percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Certain contract costs are
estimated based on the learning curve concept discussed in Note 1c.
c. Inventories
Inventories of raw materials, purchased parts and supplies are stated at the
lower of average cost or estimated realizable value. Inventoried costs on long-
term contracts and programs include certain pre-production costs, consisting
primarily of tooling and design costs, and production costs, including
applicable overhead. As the production costs for early units are charged to
work-in-process inventory at an actual unit cost in excess of the estimated
average cost for all units projected to be delivered over the entire contract
or program, a segment of inventory described as the excess of production costs
over estimated average unit cost (and referred to as excess-over-average
inventory) is created. Generally, excess-over-average inventory, which may
include production (but not pre-production) cost over-runs, builds during the
early years of the contract or program when the efficiencies resulting from
learning are not yet fully realized and declines as the program matures. Under
the learning curve concept, an estimated decrease in unit labor hours is
assumed as tasks and production techniques become more efficient through
repetition of the same manufacturing operation and through management action
such as simplifying product design, improving tooling, purchasing new capital
equipment, improving manufacturing techniques, etc. For programs under the
program method of accounting, excess-over-average inventory also builds until
sales of spares, as a percentage of total sales, equal or exceed the percentage
used for the overall profit margin calculation.
Inventoried costs are reduced by the estimated average cost of deliveries
computed as a uniform percentage of sales value.
In the event that work-in-process inventory plus estimated costs to complete
a specific contract or program exceeds the anticipated remaining sales value of
such contract or program, such excess is charged to current earnings, thus
reducing inventory to estimated realizable value.
In accordance with industry practice, costs in inventory include amounts
relating to programs and contracts with long production cycles, much of which
is not expected to be realized within one year.
See Note 2, which describes certain changes in the application of accounting
principles and the effect of such changes on inventories.
d. Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost or, in the case of assets
under capital leases, the lower of the present value of minimum lease payments
or fair market value. Depreciation and amortization is computed by the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various classes of
assets or, in the case of capitalized leased assets, over the lease term if
shorter. When assets are retired or disposed of, the assets and related
accumulated depreciation are eliminated and any resulting gain or loss is
reflected in income.
e. Pension and Health Plans
Pension costs include current costs plus the amortization of transition
assets over periods up to 14 years. The Company funds pension costs in
accordance with plan and legal requirements. The Company adopted, effective
August 1, 1992, the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Post-Retirement Benefits other than
Pensions." This standard requires the Company to accrue the expected cost of
subsidizing an employee's post-retirement health care benefits during the
employee's service period. See Note 9b.
F-9
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
f. Research and Development
Research and development costs incurred for the development of proprietary
products are expensed as incurred. These costs have not been material to
operations during the periods presented. Design efforts performed under
contract generally consist of the adaptation of an existing capability to a
particular customer need and are accounted for as an element of contract costs.
These design efforts do not fall within the definition of Research and
Development as defined in SFAS No. 2, "Accounting for Research and Development
Costs."
g. Income Taxes
The Company adopted, effective August 1, 1992, the provisions of SFAS No.
109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized based upon temporary differences between financial
statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using presently enacted tax
rates. See Note 6.
h. Net Income Per Average Share of Common Stock
Net income per share was determined by dividing net income by the weighted
average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding during
the year. The assumed conversion of the Company's convertible debentures was
anti-dilutive. As a result, only primary earnings per share is presented in the
Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations.
i. Cash Flows
For purpose of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all
investments and highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of
three months or less to be cash equivalents.
j. Industry Segments
The Company considers itself to operate in one significant industry segment.
NOTE 2--ACCOUNTING CHANGES
a.Introduction
In the third quarter of fiscal year 1993, the Company changed, effective
August 1, 1992, certain elements in the application of accounting principles
relating to long-term programs and contracts. In addition, the Company adopted
the provisions of SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Post-Retirement
Benefits Other than Pensions," and SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."
Each change requires that the Company calculate the effect of the change in
accounting principles on retained earnings as of the first day in the fiscal
year of change. These changes do not affect the Company's cash flow. Each of
these changes is discussed separately below.
Prior year financial statements have not been restated to apply the
provisions of adopting these standards.
b. Long-term Contracts
In fiscal 1993, the Company changed certain elements of its application of
accounting principles relating to long-term programs and contracts, effective
August 1, 1992. Certain costs previously carried in inventory for amortization
over future deliveries will now be expensed. These costs include certain
F-10
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
pre-certification costs, consisting primarily of tooling and design expenses in
excess of negotiated contractual values, that will now be expensed as
identified. In addition, prior to the accounting change, general and
administrative expenses were expensed as period charges, except for (1) such
expenses that were clearly related to production in accordance with Accounting
Research Bulletin No. 43 and had contractual revenue coverage and (2) other
amounts charged to commercial programs which did not have a material impact
upon the results of operations. The financial result of capitalizing these
latter amounts of general and administrative expense was not material due to
the offsetting impact upon operations resulting from their inclusion as an
element of total costs for purposes of determining contract and program gross
margins. Following a thorough review of its accounting policies, the Company
concluded there was a need, particularly in light of the current aerospace
environment, to have financial results more closely reflect near-term program
economics (cash flow and internal rate of return). As a result, these changes
will generally reduce the number of production units and spares used in the
calculation of overall profit margins. While the previous methods of applying
the Company's accounting principles were in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP), the changed policies are preferable. The
application of these policies produces program and contract estimates that are
based on shorter delivery periods, allowing a better matching of revenues and
expenses. The cumulative effect of these changes for the periods through July
31, 1992, was a charge of $219.7 million, net of income tax benefits of $136.3
million. The effect of these changes on the year ended July 31, 1993, was to
increase the net loss before the cumulative effect of the changes in accounting
principles by $24.6 million ($1.37 per average common share), net of income tax
benefits of $15.3 million.
In accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 20, "Accounting
Changes," pro forma amounts are shown for net loss and net loss per average
share of common stock for all prior periods presented. The pro forma amounts
presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations reflect the retroactive
application of these accounting changes, net of income tax benefits (which were
allocated ratably over the pro forma restated periods) for each period
presented. Primarily as a result of these changes, excess-over-average
inventory decreased from $323.7 million at July 31, 1992 to $75.4 million at
July 31, 1993. Pre-production inventory also decreased from $258.4 million at
July 31, 1992 to $181.0 million at July 31, 1993 primarily as a result of the
accounting changes. See Note 4.
c. Post-Retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions
The Company adopted, effective August 1, 1992, SFAS No. 106, "Employers'
Accounting for Post-Retirement Benefits Other than Pensions." The accumulated
post-retirement benefit obligation for active employees and retirees was
recorded using the immediate recognition transition option. See Note 9b. This
standard requires companies to accrue the expected cost of providing health
care benefits to retired employees and their dependents during the employees'
service periods. The Company previously charged the cost of providing these
benefits on a pay-as-you-go basis. The cumulative effect of this change for the
periods through July 31, 1992 was a charge of $4.3 million, net of income tax
benefits of $2.7 million. The effect of the change on the year ended July 31,
1993 was not material.
d. Income Taxes
The Company also adopted, effective August 1, 1992, SFAS No. 109, "Accounting
for Income Taxes." See Note 6. The cumulative effect of this change for periods
through July 31, 1992 was not material by itself. However, under this standard,
the Company recorded a substantial deferred tax asset as a result of the other
changes in accounting principles and certain other charges recorded in the year
ended July 31, 1993. See Note 6.
F-11
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
e. Effect of Changes
The cumulative effect of the changes described in this Note 2, as of August
1, 1992 and the effect of the changes on net loss before the cumulative effect
of the changes in accounting principles on the year ended July 31, 1993 were as
follows ($ in millions except per share data):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CUMULATIVE EFFECT AT EFFECT ON THE YEAR
AUGUST 1, 1992 ENDED JULY 31, 1993
------------------------- ------------------------
(LOSS) PER (LOSS) PER
NET AVERAGE SHARE OF NET AVERAGE SHARE OF
(LOSS) COMMON STOCK (LOSS) COMMON STOCK
------- ---------------- ------ ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Change in application of
accounting principles
relating to long-term
programs and contracts--net
of taxes................... $(219.7) $(12.26) $(24.6) $(1.37)
Post-retirement benefits
other than pensions--net of
taxes...................... (4.3) (.24) -- --
------- ------- ------ ------
$(224.0) $(12.50) $(24.6) $(1.37)
======= ======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
The cumulative effect of adopting SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income
Taxes," for periods through July 31, 1992 and the effect on the year ended July
31, 1993 was not material by itself. However, under this standard, the Company
recorded a substantial deferred tax asset as a result of the other changes in
accounting principles and certain other charges recorded in the year ended July
31, 1993. See Note 6. Quarterly earnings for 1993 have been restated as if the
changes occurred at August 1, 1992.
NOTE 3--ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Accounts receivable, which relate primarily to long-term programs and
contracts, consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JULY 31,
JAN. 30, ----------------
1994 1993 1992
----------- ------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Amount billed..................................... $49,962 $40,628 $ 62,405
Recoverable costs and accrued profit on units
delivered but not billed......................... 9,474 13,436 20,903
Recoverable costs and accrued profit on progress
completed but not billed......................... 499 810 3,273
Unrecovered costs and estimated profit subject to
future negotiations.............................. 34,191 39,266 46,572
------- ------- --------
$94,126 $94,140 $133,153
======= ======= ========
</TABLE>
"Recoverable costs and accrued profit on units delivered but not billed"
represent revenue recognized on contracts for amounts not billable to customers
at the balance sheet date. This amount principally represents delayed payment
terms along with escalation and repricing predicated upon deliveries and final
payment after acceptance. Some of these recoverable costs are expected to be
billed and collected in the normal course of business beyond one year.
F-12
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
"Recoverable costs and accrued profit on progress completed but not billed"
represent revenue recognized on contracts based on the percentage-of-completion
method of accounting and is anticipated to be billed and collected in
accordance with contract terms, which may be longer than one year.
"Unrecovered costs and estimated profit subject to future negotiations"
consist of contract tasks completed for which a final price has not been
negotiated with the customer. Amounts in excess of agreed upon contract prices
are recognized when it is probable that the claim will result in additional
contract revenue and the amounts can be reliably estimated. Included in this
amount at January 30, 1994, July 31, 1993 and 1992 are estimated recoveries on
constructive change claims related to government imposed redefined acceptance
criteria on the Grumman F-14, Boeing E3/E6, and the Boeing KC-135 and Lockheed
C-5 production programs. Management believes that amounts reflected in the
financial statements, which in the aggregate are very substantial, are
reasonable estimates of the ultimate settlements. The resolution of these items
may take several years.
The Company entered into an arrangement on December 23, 1992 under which it
sells receivables through a subsidiary to a trust on an ongoing basis.
Investors' beneficial interests in the trust are reported as a reduction to
accounts receivable. Under the arrangement, the Company acts as an agent for
the trust by performing all record keeping and collection functions with
respect to the receivables that have been sold. At January 30, 1994 and July
31, 1993 the investors held a $60 million beneficial interest in the
receivables transferred to the trust. The Company's subsidiary holds the
remaining beneficial interest in the trust which fluctuates in value depending
upon the amount of receivables owned by the trust from time to time. At July
31, 1993 the Company's subsidiary had a 9 percent beneficial interest in the
trust and a zero percent interest at January 30, 1994. The Company has
deposited cash collateral as required to support the facility and has withdrawn
such cash when it is no longer required to be deposited. At January 30, 1994,
the Company had $7 million of cash collateral on deposit. At July 31, 1992 and
July 31, 1991 the investor in a now terminated predecessor facility held a $105
million and $120 million interest in Company receivables, respectively. The
cost associated with the sales of receivables under the current facility is
7.57 percent per year. The costs and those of the predecessor facility, all of
which have been reflected as a reduction in sales values, were $2.4 million,
$5.3 million, $7.0 million, and $9.2 million for the six months ended January
30, 1994 and in fiscal years 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
Sales
The Company's direct sales to major customers including related program
spares, expressed as a percentage of total sales, during the following periods
are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
SIX MONTHS ENDED JULY 31,
----------------- ----------------
JAN. 30, JAN. 31,
1994 1993 1993 1992 1991
-------- -------- ---- ---- ----
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Pratt & Whitney................................ 17% 19% 17% 15% 16%
General Electric............................... 16 12 14 12 12
International Aero Engines..................... 15 8 9 7 4
CFM International.............................. 9 8 8 2 0
McDonnell Douglas.............................. 8 13 11 18 14
Boeing......................................... 8 11 11 15 14
Rolls Royce.................................... 8 6 8 7 8
Lockheed....................................... 4 2 3 3 3
Airbus Industrie............................... 2 8 6 8 12
U.S. Government................................ 1 1 1 2 4
Grumman........................................ 0 0 0 1 6
Other.......................................... 12 12 12 10 7
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Total sales to the U.S. Government (including direct sales and indirect sales
through prime contractors) accounted for 12%, 11%, 13%, 14% and 20% for the six
months ended January 30, 1994, and January 31, 1993, and for fiscal years 1993,
1992 and 1991, respectively.
Commercial products sold by the Company to jet engine manufacturers are
ultimately installed on aircraft produced by the major commercial airframe
manufacturers, Airbus, Boeing and McDonnell Douglas. Sales to foreign customers
accounted for 23%, 25%, 25%, 22% and 21% of total sales for the first six
months of fiscal 1994 and 1993 and for fiscal years 1993, 1992 and 1991,
respectively. Of the total sales 22%, 23%, 23%, 19% and 20% were to Europe for
the first six months of fiscal 1994 and 1993 and for fiscal years 1993, 1992
and 1991, respectively.
NOTE 4--INVENTORIES
Work-in-process inventories, which relate primarily to long-term contracts
and programs as of January 30, 1994, are summarized as follows (in thousands,
except quantities):
(Table and Notes are Unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AIRCRAFT ORDER
COMPANY ORDER STATUS STATUS(3) WORK-IN-PROCESS INVENTORY
------------------------------- ------------------ --------------------------------------
AS OF 1/30/94 AS OF 12/31/93
FIRM --------------------- ------------------ EXCESS
PROGRAM UNFILLED FISCAL YEAR UNFILLED UNFILLED PRE- OVER
PROGRAM QUANTITY(1) ORDERS(2) DELIVERED COMPLETE(7) ORDERS OPTIONS PRODUCTION PRODUCTION AVERAGE TOTAL
- ------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
A340
nacelle(4)(6)... 117 28 45 1997 95 74 $ 15,409 $ 63,794 $ 7,386 $ 86,589
PW4000 nacelle
for the
A300/A310 and
MD-11(4)........ 422 28 251 2000 51 72 27,397 6,920 19,898 54,215
MD-90(4)(6)...... 451 11 3 2006 77 102 8,478 69,518 3,885 81,881
V2500 nacelle for
the A320/
A321(4)(6)...... 270 62 163 1997 155 198 25,245 22,068 0 47,313
CF6-80C nacelle
for the 747/
767, MD-11 and
for the A300/
A310(5)(6)...... 694 117 577 1996 302 319 31,143 2,809 19,915 53,867
CFM56-5 nacelle
for the A320/
A321(5)(6)...... 435 122 313 1999 150 145 23,121 2,723 4,535 30,379
MD-11(4)(6)...... 200 39 121 1997 60 127 6,549 0 0 6,549
PW300(4)(6)...... 164 63 76 1997 40(8) 0(8) 3,910 8,489 0 12,399
Others........... 118,769 23,032 1,490 143,291
-------- -------- ------- --------
Balance at Janu-
ary 30, 1994.... $260,021 $199,353 $57,109 $516,483
======== ======== ======= ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Represents the number of aircraft used to obtain average unit cost. Spares
(which are not included in this quantity) anticipated to be delivered
concurrently with the production units for the above aircraft are also used
in calculating average unit cost. Total spares sales value used in
calculating average unit cost at January 30, 1994 were $91,734 on the A340,
$324,803 on the PW4000, $381,503 on the MD-90, $110,764 on the V2500,
$154,007 on the CF6-80C, $255,179 on the CFM56-5 and $16,986 on the MD-11.
Total spares sales value sold as of January 30, 1994 were $18,667 on the
A340, $193,633 on the PW4000, $0 on the MD-90, $63,196 on the V2500,
$112,295 on the CF6-80C, $113,219 on the CFM56-5 and $13,814 on the MD-11.
(2) Represents the number of aircraft for which the Company has firm unfilled
nacelle orders.
F-14
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(3) Represents the aircraft order status as announced by the aircraft
manufacturers for the related aircraft and engine option. The Company's
orders frequently are less than the announced orders shown above.
(4) Program quantity represents initial program quantities and does not exceed
the lesser of those quantities assumed in original program pricing or those
quantities which the Company now expects to deliver in the periods assumed
in original program pricing. The Company does not have orders for all of
these units at this time.
(5) Program quantity represents initial plus follow-on program quantities. The
Company has firm orders for all of these units.
(6) Programs accounted for in accordance with the program method of accounting.
(7) The year presented for each program or contract represents the fiscal year
in which the final production and spares units included in the program
quantity are expected to be delivered.
(8) Aircraft order status as of July 31, 1993, subsequent order data not
available.
Work-in-process inventories, which relate primarily to long-term contracts
and programs as of July 31, 1993, are summarized as follows (in thousands,
except quantities):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AIRCRAFT ORDER
COMPANY ORDER STATUS STATUS(3)
------------------------------- -----------------
AS OF 7/31/93 AS OF 6/30/93 WORK-IN-PROCESS INVENTORY
--------------------- ----------------- ---------------------------------------
FIRM EXCESS
PROGRAM UNFILLED FISCAL YEAR UNFILLED UNFILLED PRE- OVER
PROGRAM QUANTITY(1) ORDERS(2) DELIVERED COMPLETE(7) ORDERS OPTIONS PRODUCTION PRODUCTION AVERAGE TOTAL
- ------- ----------- --------- --------- ----------- -------- -------- ---------- ---------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
A340
nacelle(4)(6)... 124 38 35 1997 107 65 $ 24,611 $ 57,181 $ 4,443 $ 86,235
PW4000 nacelle
for the
A300/A310 and
MD-11(4)........ 422 47 234 2002 79 71 45,808 0 33,623 79,431
MD-90(4)(6)...... 454 8 3 2006 77 102 4,670 63,180 4,169 72,019
V2500 nacelle
for the A320/
A321(4)(6)...... 291 52 139 1998 187 202 45,385 18,235 0 63,620
CF6-80C nacelle
for the 747/
767, MD-11 and
A300/
A310(5)(6)...... 647 105 542 1995 368 358 26,204 8,701 25,162 60,067
CFM56-5 nacelle
for the A320/
A321(5)(6)...... 390 79 311 1997 183 175 18,741 4,593 3,535 26,869
MD-11(4)(6)...... 200 47 113 1998 74 143 12,612 0 1,642 14,254
PW300(4)(6)...... 193 63 64 1997 40 0 5,897 7,918 0 13,815
Others........... 119,858 21,180 2,791 143,829
-------- -------- -------- --------
Balance at July
31, 1993........ $303,786 $180,988 $ 75,365 $560,139
======== ======== ======== ========
Balance at July
31, 1992........ $389,904 $258,416 $323,683 $972,003
======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Represents the number of aircraft used to obtain average unit cost. Spares
(which are not included in this quantity) anticipated to be delivered
concurrently with the production units for the above aircraft are also used
in calculating average unit cost. Total spares sales value used in
calculating average unit cost at July 31, 1993 were $91,734 on the A340,
$325,151 on the PW4000, $417,588 on the MD-90, $143,550 on the V2500,
$152,664 on the CF6-80C, $190,601 on the CFM56-5 and $16,474 on the MD-11.
Total spares sales value sold as of July 31, 1993 were $13,989 on the A340,
$181,083 on the PW4000, $0 on the MD-90, $51,998 on the V2500, $103,553 on
the CF6-80C, $108,856 on the CFM56-5 and $12,282 on the MD-11.
(2) Represents the number of aircraft for which the Company has firm unfilled
nacelle orders.
F-15
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
(3) Represents the aircraft order status as announced by the aircraft
manufacturers for the related aircraft and engine option. The Company's
orders frequently are less than the announced orders shown above.
(4) Program quantity represents initial program quantities and does not exceed
the lesser of those quantities assumed in original program pricing or those
quantities which the Company now expects to deliver in the periods assumed
in original program pricing. The Company does not have orders for all of
these units at this time.
(5) Program quantity represents initial plus follow-on program quantities. The
Company has firm orders for all of these units.
(6) Programs accounted for in accordance with the program method of accounting.
(7) The year presented for each program or contract represents the fiscal year
in which the final production and spares units included in the program
quantity are expected to be delivered.
The Company's inventories at July 31, 1993 have been significantly reduced as
a result of the changes in the application of accounting principles for long-
term programs and contracts, effective August 1, 1992. See Note 2b.
On certain long-term programs, the Company has agreed to recover pre-
production costs (primarily tooling and design) over an expected number of
deliveries, including spare parts. The number of deliveries over which
production costs are to be amortized is predicated upon initial pricing
agreements and does not exceed the Company's overall assessment of the market
for that program.
Excess-over-average inventory represents the cost of in-process and delivered
units less, for each such unit, the current estimated average cost of the units
in the program. Recovery of these inventoried costs assumes (i) certain
production efficiencies, (ii) the sale of the program quantity used in
estimating the profit margin, (iii) a specified allocation of sales among
production units and spare units, and (iv) the attainment of an estimated
spares margin that is substantially higher than the margin of production units.
Spares prices are higher than production unit prices, in part, due to
additional costs related to technical and customer support activities. If these
program assumptions are not attained, then substantial amounts of unrecoverable
costs may be charged to expense in subsequent periods.
To the extent that a forward loss is encountered on a program, the amount of
such loss is offset against the inventory of such program (until such inventory
has been depleted). The loss is offset first against excess-over-average,
followed by pre-production, then production.
Contractual terms on certain programs provide varying levels of recovery
commitments for specified amounts of pre-production costs. Certain programs
also provide for the repricing of units in the event that less than a specified
quantity is sold, which allows for recovery of additional excess-over-average
inventory in such circumstances. The Company, in turn, has provided certain
subcontractors with similar recovery commitments and repricing provisions on
these programs.
The excess of deferred program costs over the total costs allocated to units
in process and delivered (less recoveries from customers due to repricing
provisions) that would not be recovered based on existing firm orders as of
July 31, 1993 was $6.6 million on the A340, $72.0 million on the MD-90, $9.6
million on the V2500 and $7.9 million on the PW300 and, as of January 30, 1994,
was $2.3 million on the A340, $81.9 million on the MD-90, $7.2 million on the
V2500 and $8.5 million on the PW300.
F-16
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The Company uses forward contracts to manage its exchange risk on a portion
of its purchase commitments from vendors of aircraft components denominated in
foreign currencies and to manage its exchange risk for sums paid to its French
subsidiary for services. The extent to which the Company utilizes forward
contracts varies and depends upon management's evaluation of current and
projected foreign currency exchange rates, but the Company does not acquire
forward contracts in excess of its current hedging requirements. At January 30,
1994 and July 31, 1993, $25 million and $34 million, respectively, of foreign
exchange contracts were outstanding to purchase foreign currencies. The foreign
exchange contracts generally have maturities which do not exceed 12 months.
Gains and losses on contracts which hedge specific foreign currency denominated
commitments are not recognized currently but are included in the determination
of profit or loss on the contract or program to which they relate. The Company
believes that the credit risk from these instruments is minimal as the
contracts are placed with highly reputable financial institutions.
As described in Note 2, effective August 1, 1992, the Company changed
accounting principles and began expensing certain general and administrative
expenses as incurred; these expenses were previously inventoried. Amounts
charged to inventories as incurred (prior to the accounting change, effective
August 1, 1992), for general and administrative expenses were $42.8 million and
$40.0 million for the years ending July 31, 1992 and 1991. Included in work-in-
process inventories at July 31, 1992 and 1991 were general and administrative
costs aggregating $36.1 and $30.9 million, respectively. These costs were
estimated assuming that they bear the same relationship to total general and
administrative costs incurred during the year as the ending inventory bears to
total costs charged to inventory during the year.
NOTE 5--PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JULY 31,
JAN. 30, --------------------
1994 1993 1992
----------- --------- ---------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Land......................................... $ 25,152 $ 24,833 $ 24,883
Buildings.................................... 208,329 188,643 143,809
Machinery and equipment...................... 253,153 251,298 295,627
Construction in progress..................... 12,754 31,678 66,920
--------- --------- ---------
499,388 496,452 531,239
Less accumulated depreciation and amortiza-
tion........................................ (268,539) (257,407) (260,956)
--------- --------- ---------
Property, plant & equipment--net............. $ 230,849 $ 239,045 $ 270,283
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
Included in the above categories are assets recorded under capital leases
totaling $50.5 million, at January 30, 1994, and July 31, 1993 and 1992.
NOTE 6--TAXES ON INCOME
The Company changed, effective August 1, 1992, its method of accounting for
income taxes from the provisions of APB No. 11 "Accounting for Income Taxes" to
the provisions of SFAS No 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes." The cumulative
effect from the adoption of this standard for periods through July 31, 1992 was
not material by itself. However, under this standard, the Company recorded a
substantial deferred tax asset as a result of the adoption of the other changes
in accounting principles and certain other charges recorded in the year ended
July 31, 1993.
F-17
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of (a) temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for
financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes and
(b) operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.
The components of the Company's deferred tax asset reflect the tax effects of
the Company's temporary differences, tax credit carryforwards and net operating
loss carryforwards (NOLs) at July 31, 1993. The components of the Company's
deferred tax asset are listed below (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Current:
Inventories................................................... $ 11,557
Employee benefits............................................. 6,885
State taxes................................................... (4,788)
--------
Net deferred tax asset--current............................... $ 13,654
========
Long-term:
Depreciation.................................................. $ 31,872
Deferred gain on sale/leaseback............................... 9,201
Minimum pension liability adjustment.......................... 8,259
Net operating loss carryforward............................... 73,053
Tax credit carryforward....................................... 7,949
Investment in leases.......................................... (41,237)
Other--net.................................................... 251
--------
Net deferred tax asset--long-term............................. $ 89,348
========
</TABLE>
The Company has federal NOLs totaling approximately $186 million at July 31,
1993, which expire in the years 2003 through 2008.
When tax effected at the rates in effect July 31, 1993, the net deductible
temporary differences, tax credit carryforwards, and NOLs result in a deferred
tax asset of $103.0 million, consisting of $85.3 million for federal tax
purposes and $17.7 million for state tax purposes. As of January 30, 1994 and
July 31, 1993, based upon rates in effect on such dates, approximately $286
million and $271 million of future taxable income, respectively, is required
prior to expiration of the Company's NOLs and credits for full realization of
the deferred tax asset as of those dates. The Company believes that its
expected future taxable income will be sufficient for full realization of the
deferred tax asset.
During fiscal 1993, a tax benefit of $8.2 million was provided for the charge
recorded as a reduction to shareholders' equity for the additional minimum
liability for the pension plan. See Note 9a.
The provision (benefit) for taxes on income is comprised of the following (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LIABILITY
METHOD DEFERRED METHOD
--------- -----------------
JULY 31,
JULY 31, -----------------
1993 1992 1991
--------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Currently Payable:
Federal income taxes........................ $ 400 $ 3,500 $ 1,100
Foreign income taxes........................ 1,000 1,700 600
State income taxes.......................... -- 2,300 1,200
Deferred:
Federal income taxes........................ (16,420) (23,000) 10,760
State income taxes.......................... (3,970) (3,770) 2,700
-------- -------- -------
$(18,990) $(19,270) $16,360
======== ======== =======
</TABLE>
F-18
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The deferred portion of the federal income tax provision (benefit) is
comprised of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DEFERRED METHOD
-----------------
JULY 31,
-----------------
1992 1991
-------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Contract profit and loss recognition........................ $ (400) $14,200
Employee benefits........................................... 5,900 (2,900)
Depreciation................................................ (8,400) (9,700)
California franchise tax.................................... 500 (1,400)
General and administrative expenses......................... 2,300 800
Provision for estimated losses and expenses................. (19,800) 1,000
Pre-production costs........................................ -- (400)
Rate differences............................................ (1,100) (280)
Utilization of reserves previously provided for tax
assessments................................................ (9,800)
Offset of loss and credit carryforwards against deferred
taxes...................................................... (3,100) (1,100)
Utilization of loss and credit carryforwards................ 18,600 18,100
Leveraged leasing........................................... (7,900) (8,600)
Other items--net............................................ 200 1,040
-------- -------
$(23,000) $10,760
======== =======
</TABLE>
The difference between the income tax provision (benefit) computed at the
federal statutory rate and the actual tax provision (benefit) is accounted for
as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LIABILITY
METHOD DEFERRED METHOD
--------- -----------------
JULY 31,
JULY 31, -----------------
1993 1992 1991
--------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Taxes (benefit) computed at the federal statutory
tax rate......................................... $(16,854) $ (6,100) $15,900
Increase (reduction) resulting from:
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit.. (2,617) (500) 2,600
Leveraged leasing............................... (1,300) (1,900)
Tax-exempt income from Foreign Sales
Corporation.................................... (700)
Rate differences................................ (1,100) (280)
Utilization of reserves previously provided for
tax assessments................................ (9,800)
Other........................................... 481 230 40
-------- -------- -------
$(18,990) $(19,270) $16,360
======== ======== =======
</TABLE>
As a result of applying SFAS No. 109, and after effecting the other changes
in accounting principles adopted by the Company, effective August 1, 1992, the
Company has recognized the future tax effects attributable to deductible
temporary differences, NOLs and tax credit carryforwards for financial
statement purposes. Thus, under the provisions of SFAS No. 109, the Company has
recorded a $19.0 million income tax benefit on the net loss for the year ended
July 31, 1993 and a $139.0 million income tax benefit on the cumulative effect
of accounting changes at a 38.3 percent effective tax rate.
The Company's effective tax rate on its net loss was 108 percent for the year
ended July 31, 1992 primarily as a result of the utilization of reserves
previously provided for tax assessments. Net deferred tax liabilities, reduced
by loss and credit carryforwards, approximating $34.5 million and $40.6 million
are included in Taxes on Income in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at July 31,
1992 and 1991, respectively.
F-19
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has completed its examination of fiscal
years 1984 and 1985 and proposed additional taxes of $36.6 million, excluding
interest. The most significant adjustments involve the Company's adoption in
fiscal 1984 of the completed contract method of accounting for tax purposes
(which was conceded by the IRS subsequent to the second quarter of fiscal 1994)
and the timing of deductions for employee benefit payments. The Company intends
to vigorously protest the proposed adjustments through the IRS appeals process.
Based upon all the information available to it, the Company believes that the
resolution of this matter will not have a material effect on the financial
position or results of operations of the Company.
The Company has provided $3.1 million for income taxes during the six months
ended January 30, 1994, offset by a tax benefit of $2.8 million due to the
change in federal tax rates under the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of
1993. The Company's deferred tax asset of $102.6 million remains substantially
unchanged from the amount at July 31, 1993 but is expected to increase due to
increased pension liability by the end of fiscal 1994.
NOTE 7--INDEBTEDNESS
The maturity schedule of the Company's indebtedness, which includes debt and
capital lease obligations, is summarized as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SCHEDULED MATURITIES
TOTAL AT FISCAL YEAR ENDED JULY 31, TOTAL AT JULY 31,
JAN. 30, ------------------------------------------------------ ------------------
1994 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 THEREAFTER 1993 1992
----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ---------- -------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Short-Term Debt......... $ 20,000
Current portion of Long-
Term Debt.............. $ 16,211 $50,719 $ 50,719 27,517
Long-Term Debt:
Medium-Term Notes...... 0 35,000
Revolving Credit....... 50,000 $50,000 50,000 80,000
9.35% Senior Notes..... 62,500 $12,500 12,500 $12,500 $12,500 $ 25,000 75,000 87,500
9.33% Senior Notes..... 62,000 8,850 8,850 44,300 62,000
Other Debt............. 17,858 914 337 293 255 16,604 18,403 18,448
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- --------
192,358 13,414 62,837 21,643 21,605 85,904 205,403 220,948
Capital Leases.......... 14,154 1,849 1,762 1,674 1,588 8,395 15,268 76,876
Less Imputed Interest.. (4,298) (837) (754) (672) (591) (1,928) (4,782) (37,829)
Direct Finance Leases.. 0 -- 82
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- --------
9,856 1,012 1,008 1,002 997 6,467 10,486 39,129
Subordinated Debentures:
9 1/4%, maturing in
2017.................. 150,000 7,500 142,500 150,000 150,000
7%, maturing in 2012... 115,000 115,000 115,000 115,000
-------- ------- -------- -------- --------
265,000 7,500 257,500 265,000 265,000
-------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Total Long-Term Debt. 467,214 14,426 63,845 22,645 30,102 349,871 480,889 525,077
-------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Total Indebtedness... $483,425 $50,719 $14,426 $63,845 $22,645 $30,102 $349,871 $531,608 $572,594
======== ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
The Company's total financing includes: indebtedness, shown in the table
above; the receivables sales program, in the amount of $60 million, which is
reported as a reduction to accounts receivable (see Note 3); and two sale-
leaseback transactions, accounted for as operating leases, through which the
Company raised $52.3 million in fiscal 1993. The sale leaseback transactions
resulted in a gain of $20.7 million which was deferred and is being amortized
over the terms of the lease. The Company's total financings were $587.0
million, $643.9 million and $677.6 million at January 30, 1994, July 31, 1993
and July 31, 1992, respectively. These amounts exclude undrawn commitments
under the revolving credit agreement.
F-20
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The Company's unsecured revolving credit agreement with a group of banks
provides a total loan commitment of $150 million, reduced annually by $50
million in April of each of 1994 through 1996. This revolving credit agreement
consists of a bank line, of which a portion is immediately available for
borrowing (or to support the issuance of up to $8.5 million of letters of
credit), and the balance can be made available at the end of any month.
Borrowings under this credit agreement incur interest at an annual rate equal
to one of the following at the Company's option: (1) prime rate plus 0% to
2.25%; (2) London Interbank Offered Rate plus 0.75% to 3.25%; (3) or a Domestic
Money Market Bid Rate plus 0.875% to 3.375%; or (4) competitive bid. The
interest rate at January 30, 1994 and July 31, 1993 was approximately 5.3% and
4.9%, respectively. The agreement provides for a facility fee, payable on a
monthly basis at the rate of 0.35 to 0.75 of 1% on each lender's total
commitment. The specific interest rate and facility fee payable at any time is
based upon the Company's credit rating and the amount drawn under the credit
agreement.
The Company's 9.35% Senior Notes mature in 2000 and require principal
payments of $12.5 million in January of each year until repaid. The Company's
9.33% Senior Notes mature in 2002 and require principal payments of
approximately $8.9 million in December of each year, beginning in 1996, until
repaid. With respect to each of these two Senior Note transactions, the Company
can make principal prepayments at its option, which may include a premium for
yield adjustment. The note holders can require the Company to purchase the
remaining principal amount of the notes plus accrued interest and premium for
yield adjustment in the event of certain changes in control or ownership of the
Company.
The Company's 9 1/4 percent subordinated debentures mature in 2017. These
debentures are subject to mandatory annual sinking-fund payments of $7.5
million beginning March 1998. The Company may redeem an additional $15 million
on each sinking-fund date. The subordinated debentures are redeemable at the
Company's option, at 106.5 percent of the outstanding principal amount at July
31, 1993, 106.01% at March 1, 1994, declining annually to 100.5 percent in
2006, plus accrued interest. However, no such redemption may be effected prior
to March 1997, directly or indirectly, from borrowed money having an interest
cost of less than 9 1/4 percent per annum.
The Company's 7 percent convertible subordinated debentures mature in 2012.
These debentures are convertible prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed,
at a conversion price of $43 per share, subject to adjustment under certain
conditions. The debentures are redeemable at the option of the Company, in
whole or in part, at a redemption price of 102.8 percent declining annually to
100.7 percent in 1996, together with accrued interest to the date of
redemption. Annual sinking-fund payments of 5 percent of the aggregate
principal amount of the debentures originally issued are to be applied to the
redemption of debentures at 100 percent of principal amount plus accrued
interest, commencing October 1998. The Company has the option of delivering
repurchased debentures to the sinking-fund in lieu of cash. The mandatory
sinking-fund is calculated to retire 70 percent of the debentures prior to
maturity. The debentures are subordinated to all existing or future senior debt
of the Company and rank on equal terms with the Company's outstanding 9 1/4
percent subordinated debentures due 2017.
The Company's medium term note, which was privately placed with a bank, was
paid in October, 1993. In fiscal 1993, the Company's debt relating to the
Foley, Alabama, Industrial Revenue Bonds totaling $5.3 million was removed from
the balance sheet as a result of the Company's deposit of U.S. Government
securities in an irrevocable trust. The principal and interest of the
securities deposited with the trustee were sufficient to fund the scheduled
principal and interest payments of the debt. Subsequent to July 31, 1993, the
debt was extinguished in exchange for the securities deposited.
F-21
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Several of the Company's principal financing agreements contain financial
covenants that require it to maintain specified levels of Consolidated Tangible
Net Worth (as defined), specified ratios of Consolidated Net Income Available
for Fixed Charges (as defined) to Fixed Charges (as defined), and specified
ratios of Debt to Consolidated Tangible Net Worth (as defined). Effective upon
the sale of the Securities, these covenants require a Consolidated Tangible Net
Worth of $125 million plus 50% of positive consolidated net income; a ratio of
Consolidated Net Income Available for Fixed Charges (as defined) to Fixed
Charges (as defined) of 1.40 to 1 through July 31, 1994, 1.55 to 1 from August
1, 1994 through July 31, 1995, 1.90 to 1 from August 1, 1995 through July 31,
1996, and 2.00 to 1 thereafter; and a ratio of Debt to Consolidated Tangible
Net Worth (as defined) of 5.60 to 1 through July 31, 1994, 5.00 to 1 from
August 1, 1994 through July 31, 1995, 4.10 to 1 from August 1, 1995 through
July 31, 1996, and 3.20 to 1 thereafter. The Company's principal financing
agreements also contain other restrictions, including restrictions on
indebtedness, liens, lease obligations, mergers, sales of assets, investments
and capital expenditures. If the Company were to breach a covenant in any of
its principal financing agreements, the lenders under such agreement could, at
their option, accelerate the maturity of the debt evidenced by such agreement.
In addition, any such default (or, in some cases, an acceleration after the
occurrence of such a default) would cause defaults under cross-default
provisions (or cross-acceleration provisions) in other Company financing
agreements.
NOTE 8--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Minimum rental commitments under operating leases with non-cancelable terms
of more than one year as of January 30, 1994 and July 31, 1993 are as follows
(in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JAN. 30, JULY 31,
1994 1993
----------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
1994--Six Months..................................... $ 5,700 $ --
1994--Year........................................... -- 11,500
1995................................................. 9,300 8,700
1996................................................. 7,200 6,700
1997................................................. 6,400 6,200
1998................................................. 5,700 6,000
Thereafter........................................... 23,200 23,400
------- -------
$57,500 $62,500
======= =======
</TABLE>
Generally, leases have provisions for rent escalation based on inflation.
Certain leases provide for options to renew with substantially similar terms
(except negotiable rent increases). The total expense under all operating
leases was approximately $6.7 million, $7.7 million, $15.9 million, $15.3
million and $14.9 million for the first six months of fiscal 1994 and 1993 and
for fiscal years 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
During fiscal year 1992, the U.S. Air Force filed a termination notice for
alleged default under the C-5 spare pylon contract, and the Company then
commenced the appeal process to convert the termination to one for convenience
of the government. Contemporaneously, the Company filed a notice of breach of
contract with the government on the C-5 spare pylon contract. The Company also
filed a variety of actions before the Armed Services Board of Contract Appeals
("ASBCA") requesting payment of sums owed the Company due to the government's
imposition of redefined acceptance criteria under the C-5 pylon program and the
KC-135 re-engining program. The Company also recorded special provisions for
this matter in prior periods.
F-22
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Following the end of the Company's fiscal 1994 second quarter, the Company
and the U.S. Air Force settled all of their disputes as well as certain
constructive change claims of the Company against the U.S. Air Force for which
estimated revenues were included in the accounts receivable of the Company at
July 31, 1993. (See Note 3 Accounts Receivable). The most significant aspects
of this settlement were:
(1) The C-5 spare pylon contract will be converted to termination for
government convenience. The Company will retain approximately $27.3 million
of unliquidated progress payments previously made by the U.S. Air Force.
(2) The Company will retain most of the C-5 spare pylon work-in-process and raw
material inventories.
(3) The Company will provide a warranty on certain, specified C-5 pylon panels.
This will end seven years after the original delivery date of each
applicable panel to the Air Force. The original delivery dates for the
warranted panels range from 1989 to 1991. The Company has established a
reserve for this warranty obligation.
Contemporaneously with the settlement with the U.S. Air Force, the Company
and the United States Attorney for the Central District of California settled
the civil aspects of an investigation, which had been ongoing since 1990,
concerning the production of parts, the recording of information which is a
part of that production process, and the testing practices utilized by the
Company on many programs. The Company cooperated fully in the investigation and
does not believe there was any adverse effect on the safety or utilization of
its products. The Company recorded special provisions in prior periods
reflecting its assessment of the ultimate costs which it believed would be
incurred. Under this settlement the Company will pay $4 million to the U.S.
Attorney's office. In connection with these settlements, a recently unsealed
qui tam lawsuit filed by former employees against the Company on behalf of the
U.S. Government with respect to certain of the activities that had been under
investigation has been dismissed with prejudice. The criminal aspects of this
matter are pending a pre-sentencing report to a judge in the U.S. District
Court in Los Angeles. The Company's plea of making eight false statements under
which it has agreed to pay approximately $3.7 million, is conditioned upon
judicial approval of the settlement agreement. In connection with this matter,
the Company is also engaged in discussions with government officials who have
the discretion to temporarily suspend or to debar the Company from entering
into government contracts in the future. The discussions are designed to
demonstrate that the Company is a presently-responsible contractor and that it
should be entitled to continue to be eligible to receive additional
governmental contracts.
In June 1987, the U.S. District Court of Los Angeles, in U.S. et al, vs.
Stringfellow, granted partial summary judgment against the Company and 14 other
defendants on the issue of liability under the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"). This suit, along with
related lawsuits, alleges that the defendants are jointly and severally liable
for all damage in connection with the Stringfellow hazardous waste disposal
site in Riverside County, California. In June 1989, a federal jury and a
special master appointed by the federal court found the State of California
also liable for the cleanup costs. On November 30, 1993, the special master
released his "Findings of Fact, Conclusion of Law and Reporting Recommendations
of the Special Master Regarding the State Share Fact Finding Hearing". In it,
he allocates liability between the State of California and other parties. As
this hearing did not involve the valuation of future tasks and
responsibilities, the order did not specify dollar amounts of liability. The
order, phrased in percentages of liability, recommended allocating liability on
the CERCLA claims as follows: 65% to the State of California and 10% to the
Stringfellow entities, leaving 25% to the generator/counter claimants
(including the Company) and other users of the site (or a maximum of up to 28%
depending on the allocation of any Stringfellow entity orphan share). On the
state law claims, the special master recommended a 95% share for the State of
California, and 5%
F-23
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
for the Stringfellow entities, leaving 0% for the generator/counterclaimants.
This special master's recommendation is subject to a final decision and appeal.
The Company is the second largest generator of wastes by volume disposed at the
site, although it and certain other generators have argued the final allocation
of cleanup costs among generators should not be determined solely by volume.
The largest volume generator of wastes disposed at the Stringfellow site has
indicated it is significantly dependent on insurance to fund its share of any
cleanup costs, and that it is in litigation with certain of its insurers. The
Company and the other generators of wastes disposed at the Stringfellow site,
which include numerous companies with assets and equity significantly greater
than the Company, are jointly and severally liable for the share of cleanup
costs for which the generators, as a group, ultimately are found to be
responsible.
The Company has claims against its comprehensive general liability insurers
for reimbursement of its cleanup costs at the site. These claims are the
subject of separate litigation, although the insurers nevertheless are paying
substantially all of the Company's costs of defense in the EPA and State action
against the generators of wastes disposed at the site. Certain of these
insurance policies have pollution exclusion clauses which are being argued as a
defense and the insurers are alleging various other defenses to coverage. The
Company has entered settlements with some of the insurance carriers and is
engaged in settlement discussions with certain others. The Company intends to
continue to vigorously defend this matter and believes, based upon currently
available information, that the ultimate resolution will not have a material
adverse effect on the financial position, liquidity, or results of operations
of the Company.
The Company is also involved in several other proceedings and investigations
related to environmental protection matters. It is difficult to estimate the
ultimate level of environmental expenditures due to a number of uncertainties,
including the complexity of the related laws and their interpretation,
alternative cleanup technologies and methods, insurance and other recoveries,
and in some cases, the extent and uncertainties of the Company's involvement.
However, the Company has heard of very preliminary estimates of cleanup costs
for the Rio Bravo, Chatham Brothers and Casmalia waste disposal sites as
approximately $7 million, $30 million and $70 million, respectively, and the
Company's share (based on estimated, respective volumes of discharges into such
sites by all generators, all of which cannot now be known with certainty) could
approximate $450,000 for the Rio Bravo site, $0 for the Chatham Brothers site
(based on the Company's belief that it never used that site), and $1,750,000),
for the Casmalia site. The Company does not yet know about the ability of other
waste generators using the Casmalia and Rio Bravo sites to fund their allocable
share, and the Company could be found jointly or severally liable with all
waste generators using such sites. The Company has made claims against its
insurance carriers for certain of these items, and has received claims
acknowledgment letters reserving the rights of such carriers. The insurers have
alleged or may allege various defenses to coverage, although no litigation has
been commenced. Based upon presently available information, the Company
believes that capital expenditures and costs of remedial actions in relation to
these other matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial
position or results of operations of the Company.
In 1990, the Division of Enforcement of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "SEC") began conducting an informal inquiry regarding various
Company production programs, program and contract estimates at completion and
related accounting practices. Following the filing of a registration statement
with the SEC, the Company received on August 17, 1993, and shortly thereafter
responded to, a request for documents from the SEC Division of Enforcement
concerning its decision to change its accounting practices relating to long-
term programs and contracts, and its previous practice of capitalizing pre-
certification and certain general and administrative costs. There have been no
further comments from the SEC Division of Enforcement since that date.
F-24
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The Company is involved as plaintiff or defendant in various other legal and
regulatory actions and inquiries incident to its business, none of which are
believed by management to have a material adverse effect on the financial
position or results of operations of the Company.
Included in trade accounts and other payables at January 30, 1994 and July
31, 1993 and 1992 are allowances aggregating $50.4 million, $49.8 million and
$19.3 million, respectively, for plant closure, other costs related to the
planned downsizing process and various items of litigation.
NOTE 9--EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
a. Pension Plans
The Company has non-contributory pension plans covering substantially all of
its employees. Benefits for the salaried employees' plan are based on salary
and years of service, while those for the hourly employees' plan are based on
negotiated benefits and years of service. The Company has historically made
contributions to an independent trust for the minimum funding requirements of
these plans under IRS regulations. In addition, the Company has unfunded
supplemental retirement plans.
Pension expense consists of the following components (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED JULY 31,
---------------------------
1993 1992 1991
-------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost....................................... $ 12,250 $ 8,123 $ 6,873
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation...... 34,601 32,260 29,376
Actual gain on plan assets......................... (29,379) (40,344) (30,716)
Net amortization and deferral...................... 1,605 13,356 1,912
-------- -------- -------
Pension expense.................................... $ 19,077 $ 13,395 $ 7,445
======== ======== =======
</TABLE>
An amendment to the hourly employees' pension plan, reflecting increased
benefits resulting from union negotiations, accounted for approximately $.6
million of additional pension expense in fiscal 1993 and approximately $2.3
million of additional pension expense in fiscal 1991. An amendment to the
salaried employees' retirement plan accounted for approximately $3.6 million of
additional pension expense in fiscal 1992. Pension expense for the first six
months of fiscal 1994 and 1993 was $7.1 million and $7.5 million, respectively.
F-25
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The following table summarizes the funded status of these plans and the
amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JULY 31,
--------------------
1993 1992
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
Vested........................................... $ 413,460 $ 372,714
Non-vested....................................... 18,483 16,982
--------- ---------
Accumulated benefit obligation..................... 431,943 389,696
Effect of projected future salary increases........ 10,145 13,036
--------- ---------
Projected benefit obligation for service rendered
to date........................................... 442,088 402,732
Plan assets at fair value, primarily stocks, bonds,
other fixed income obligations and real estate.... 376,474 346,883
--------- ---------
Plan assets less than projected benefit obligation. (65,614) (55,849)
Unrecognized net loss.............................. 46,140 29,594
Unrecognized net asset from initial application of
SFAS No. 87 being recognized over plans' average
remaining service life............................ (18,202) (21,130)
Unrecognized prior service cost.................... 38,353 36,740
Additional minimum liability....................... (58,550) (34,164)
--------- ---------
Pension liability recognized in the Consolidated
Balance Sheet..................................... $ (57,873) $ (44,809)
========= =========
</TABLE>
At July 31, 1993, the Company's additional minimum liability was in excess of
the unrecognized prior service costs and net transition obligation and recorded
as a reduction of $13.3 million to shareholders' equity, net of tax benefits of
$8.2 million, in accordance with SFAS No. 87, "Employers' Accounting for
Pensions". The remaining portion of the additional minimum liability of $37.0
million was recorded as intangible assets and additional minimum pension
liability and included in Other Assets and Pension and Post-Retirement
Obligations respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The weighted average discount rate used in determining the present value of
the projected benefit obligation was 8.5 percent at July 31, 1993 and 8.75
percent for fiscal 1992. For compensation based plans, the rate of increase in
future compensation levels used in determining the actuarial present value of
the projected benefit obligation and service cost was based upon an experience-
related table and approximated 5.5 percent on current salaries through January
1, 1994, in accordance with plan terms. The expected long-term rate of return
on plan assets was 9 percent for the periods presented.
The Company also has certain defined contribution plans covering most
employees. Expenses for these plans amounted to $0.9 million, $2.1 million,
$3.4 million, $6.7 million and $9.7 million in the first six months of fiscal
1994 and 1993 and fiscal years 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
b. Post-retirement Benefit Obligations Other Than Pensions
The Company has a retirement health care program that pays a specified fixed
amount to supplement the medical insurance payments made by retirees who are
under age 65 and their spouses and covered dependents. Eligibility for and the
amount of the supplement provided by the Company is based on age and years of
service. The program requires deductibles and employee contributions.
F-26
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
The Company, effective August 1, 1992, adopted the provisions of SFAS No.
106, "Employers' Accounting for Post-Retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions"
using the immediate recognition transition option. See Note 2. This standard
requires recognition, during an employee's service with the Company, of the
cost of his or her retiree health care benefits. The Company recognized the
accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation for past service cost as a one-
time charge to earnings (the transition obligation) as of August 1, 1992 of
$4.3 million, net of income tax benefit of $2.7 million ($.24 per average share
of common stock). In fiscal 1993, 1992 and 1991, the Company's cost of
providing post-retirement health care benefits was $2.0 million, $2.9 million
and $2.0 million, respectively, excluding the cumulative effect of adopting
SFAS No. 106. The costs of health care benefits is provided largely under a
self-insured plan, which is scheduled for termination on January 1, 1994. The
effect of adopting the new standard on net periodic post-retirement benefit
expense for the year ended July 31, 1993 was not material. The accumulated
post-retirement benefit obligation was determined using a weighted average
discount rate of 8.5 percent. The plan is unfunded. Each year the Company funds
the benefits paid.
SFAS No. 106 requires disclosure of the effect on the Company's accumulated
post-retirement benefit obligation, and net periodic post-retirement benefit
cost, using the assumption that the health care cost trend will increase by 1
percent each year. This disclosure is not applicable because the Company is not
affected by future health care cost trends since its obligation is to pay a
fixed amount as a health care supplement for retirees entitled to this benefit.
Net periodic post-retirement benefit cost for the year ended July 31, 1993,
included the following components (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Service cost--benefits attributed to service during the period....... $196
Interest cost on accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation...... 549
----
Net periodic post-retirement benefit cost............................ $745
====
</TABLE>
The liability for post-retirement health care benefits at July 31, 1993,
included the following components (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation:
Retirees........................................................ $2,749
Fully eligible active plan participants......................... 376
Other active plan participants.................................. 2,929
------
Liability for post-retirement health care benefits................ $6,054
======
</TABLE>
Net periodic post-retirement health care benefit cost for the six months
ended January 30, 1994 and January 31, 1993 was $317 and $373, respectively.
Liability for post-retirement health care benefits was $5,602 and $6,290,
respectively.
c. Post-Employment Benefits
The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued SFAS No. 112, Employers'
Accounting for Post-Employment Benefits. The new standard is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1993 and requires employers to
recognize the obligation to provide post-employment benefits to former or
inactive employees, their beneficiaries, and covered dependents when certain
conditions are met. The Company does not expect there to be a material adverse
effect on the financial position or result of operations in the year of
adoption.
F-27
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
NOTE 10--SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Under the terms of the Company's debt covenants of its loan agreements (See
Note 7), no portion of retained earnings is available for payment of cash
dividends until after July 9, 1995. Thereafter, the Company may pay cash
dividends in an amount not to exceed 50 percent of net income for the period
beginning August 1, 1995. Effective upon the sale of the Securities, the
Company may pay cash dividends only when its ratio of consolidated debt to
consolidated tangible net worth is at least2.50-to-1.00.
The Company's 1989 Stock Incentive Plan provides that qualified employees are
eligible to receive stock options and various other stock-based awards. Subject
to certain adjustments, the plan provides that up to 2,500,000 shares of common
stock may be sold or issued under the plan. As a result of previous option
grants under this plan, 381,431, 371,281 and 377,147 stock options and other
stock-based awards remained available for grant at January 30, 1994, July 31,
1993 and 1992, respectively. The plan has no specific termination date except
that Incentive Stock Options may not be granted after July 31, 1999. The terms
and conditions of the stock-based awards are determined by a Committee of the
Board of Directors on each grant date and may include provisions for the
exercise price, expiration, vesting, restriction on sale and forfeiture, as
applicable. Restricted shares purchased under this plan are subject to
restrictions on sale or disposal, which lapse in varying installments from one
to 10 years. During fiscal 1992, 6,000 restricted shares were purchased at a
price of $1.00 per share. During fiscal 1993, 115,000 restricted shares were
purchased by grantees and 21,300 restricted shares were repurchased from
grantees, in each case at a price of $1.00 per share. During the six months
ended January 30, 1994, 20,000 stock bonus awards were granted at no cost to
the recipient.
The Company's 1982 Stock Option Plan, under which no future options will be
granted, provided for the issuance of non-qualified stock options at the market
price of the Company's common stock at the date of grant. The options become
exercisable in installments from one to two years after date of grant and
expire 10 years from date of grant.
The Company has a director stock plan under which non-employee directors are
automatically granted, on the first business day following the annual meeting
of shareholders, an option to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock. The option
exercise price is equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date the
option is granted. Options granted under the plan generally becomes exercisable
six months after the date of grant and expire 10 years from the date of grant.
Subject to certain adjustments, the plan provides that up to 100,000 shares of
common stock may be sold or issued under the plan. As a result of previous
option grants under the plan, 50,000, 59,000 and 69,000 stock options remained
available for grant at January 30, 1994, July 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively.
The Company also has a stock compensation plan for non-employee directors
pursuant to which the Company will issue or deliver to each such director, in
partial consideration for the services rendered by such director during the
Company's prior fiscal year, 250 shares of the Company's common stock, subject
to certain adjustments. The shares will be issued or delivered on the date of
the first meeting of the Board that occurs after the end of each fiscal year.
In May 1993, in connection with certain amendments to the financial covenants
of its principal financing agreements, the Company issued warrants to certain
lenders. The warrants are exercisable for 600,000 shares of common stock at
$9.00 per share and expire in seven years.
Under the various stock option plans, outstanding options for 1,771,342,
1,671,947 and 1,113,910 shares of common stock were exercisable as of January
30, 1994, July 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively. Activity in these stock option
plans for the three years and six months ended January 30, 1994 is summarized
as follows:
F-28
<PAGE>
ROHR, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTIONS OPTION PRICE
--------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance Outstanding at August 1, 1991........... 1,331,420 $12.500 - $31.625
Granted....................................... 1,548,803 10.625 - 22.125
Relinquished.................................. (16,760) 16.500 - 31.625
Forfeited..................................... (33,600) 12.000 - 22.125
Exercised..................................... (34,000) 12.000 - 19.375
--------- -------------------
Balance Outstanding at July 31, 1992............ 2,795,863 $10.625 - $31.625
Granted....................................... 155,000 8.875 - 11.375
Relinquished.................................. (30,880) 16.500 - 31.625
Forfeited..................................... (254,134) 10.625 - 22.125
--------- -------------------
Balance Outstanding at July 31, 1993............ 2,665,849 $ 8.875 - $31.625
Granted....................................... 29,000 0 - 8.875
Bonus Stock Award............................. (20,000) 0
Relinquished.................................. (17,955) 16.500 - 31.625
Forfeited..................................... (30,150) 10.625 - 22.125
--------- -------------------
Balance Outstanding at January 30, 1994 (Unau-
dited)......................................... 2,626,744 $ 8.875 - $31.625
========= ===================
</TABLE>
The Company's stockholder rights plan generally entitles the holder of each
right to purchase one one-hundredths of a share of Series C preferred stock, $1
par value, from the Company for $100, subject to adjustment. A right is
included with, and attaches to, each share of common stock issued and expires
on August 25, 1996 and is redeemable by the Company. The rights become
exercisable and separate from the common stock under certain circumstances
generally when a person or group of affiliated or associated persons has
acquired or obtained the right to acquire 15 percent or more of the Company's
outstanding voting stock or has made a tender offer to acquire 15 percent or
more of such voting stock. Under certain circumstances, each right would
entitle the holder to purchase a certain number of the Company's common stock
at one-half of fair market value.
Authorized, unissued shares of common stock were reserved for the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JULY 31,
JAN. 30, -------------------
1994 1993 1992
----------- --------- ---------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Various stock plans............................. 3,058,175 3,096,130 3,242,010
Conversion of subordinated debentures........... 2,674,418 2,674,418 2,674,418
Warrants........................................ 600,000 600,000 --
--------- --------- ---------
6,332,593 6,370,548 5,916,428
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
F-29
<PAGE>
(PICTURES)
<PAGE>
NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED OR
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE
BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS
MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE
UNDERWRITER. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER
TO BUY BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS
NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT
QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANYONE TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION.
------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference........................... 3
Available Information..................................................... 3
Prospectus Summary........................................................ 4
Risk Factors.............................................................. 12
Financing Plan............................................................ 17
Use of Proceeds........................................................... 18
Price Range of Common Stock and Dividends................................. 18
Capitalization............................................................ 19
Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data........................ 20
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations............................................................... 23
Business.................................................................. 35
Directors and Executive Officers of the Company........................... 52
Legal and Environmental Proceedings....................................... 55
Description of Certain Financings......................................... 60
Description of Capital Stock.............................................. 63
Description of Notes...................................................... 65
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences................................... 82
Description of Concurrent Financing....................................... 85
Underwriting.............................................................. 86
Legal Matters............................................................. 86
Experts................................................................... 86
Index to Financial Statements............................................. F-1
</TABLE>
$50,000,000
ROHR, INC.
7 3/4% CONVERTIBLE
SUBORDINATED
NOTES DUE 2004
[LOGO OF ROHR]
- -------------------------------------
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
-----------------------------------------
PROSPECTUS
DATED MAY 12, 1994
<PAGE>
GRAPHIC MATERIAL CROSS-REFERENCE PAGE
THE INSIDE FRONT COVER SHOWS THE FOLLOWING:
Nacelle with cowl doors open.
Commercial aircraft on take-off.
Nacelle on wing in flight.
Worker preparing nose cowl inlet for installation.
United Airlines 737 aircraft.
THE INSIDE BACK COVER SHOWS THE FOLLOWING:
Mechanics providing on-site field service on commercial aircraft engine.
Mechanics installing systems on commercial aircraft engines.
Rear view of commercial aircraft engine nacelle system.
Commercial aircraft in flight.
Time lapse picture of mechanic actuating thrust reverser.
Aircraft in line for take-off.
PAGE 39:
THIS ILLUSTRATION SHOWS THE PROPULSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS
